1 @c Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
2 @c 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 @c This is part of the GCC manual.
4 @c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
8 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
9 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
11 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
12 manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
13 preserved on all copies.
15 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
16 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
17 entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
18 permission notice identical to this one.
20 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
21 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
22 except that this permission notice may be included in translations
23 approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in the original
26 @c Set file name and title for the man page.
28 @settitle GNU project C and C++ compiler
30 gcc [@samp{-c}|@samp{-S}|@samp{-E}] [@samp{-std=}@var{standard}]
31 [@samp{-g}] [@samp{-pg}] [@samp{-O}@var{level}]
32 [@samp{-W}@var{warn}...] [@samp{-pedantic}]
33 [@samp{-I}@var{dir}...] [@samp{-L}@var{dir}...]
34 [@samp{-D}@var{macro}[=@var{defn}]...] [@samp{-U}@var{macro}]
35 [@samp{-f}@var{option}...] [@samp{-m}@var{machine-option}...]
36 [@samp{-o} @var{outfile}] @var{infile}...
38 Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the
39 remainder. @samp{g++} accepts mostly the same options as @samp{gcc}.
42 cpp(1), gcov(1), g77(1), as(1), ld(1), gdb(1), adb(1), dbx(1), sdb(1)
43 and the Info entries for @file{gcc}, @file{cpp}, @file{g77}, @file{as},
44 @file{ld}, @file{binutils} and @file{gdb}.
47 For instructions on reporting bugs, see
48 @w{@uref{http://gcc.gnu.org/bugs.html}}. Use of the @command{gccbug}
49 script to report bugs is recommended.
52 See the Info entry for @file{gcc}, or
53 @w{@uref{http://gcc.gnu.org/thanks.html}}, for contributors to GCC.
58 @chapter GCC Command Options
59 @cindex GCC command options
60 @cindex command options
61 @cindex options, GCC command
63 @c man begin DESCRIPTION
65 When you invoke GCC, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
66 assembly and linking. The ``overall options'' allow you to stop this
67 process at an intermediate stage. For example, the @samp{-c} option
68 says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files
69 output by the assembler.
71 Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options
72 control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other
73 options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
74 documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
76 @cindex C compilation options
77 Most of the command line options that you can use with GCC are useful
78 for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
79 (usually C++), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
80 for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
81 that option with all supported languages.
83 @cindex C++ compilation options
84 @xref{Invoking G++,,Compiling C++ Programs}, for a summary of special
85 options for compiling C++ programs.
87 @cindex grouping options
88 @cindex options, grouping
89 The @command{gcc} program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
90 options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
91 may @emph{not} be grouped: @samp{-dr} is very different from @w{@samp{-d
94 @cindex order of options
95 @cindex options, order
96 You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
97 you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several options
98 of the same kind; for example, if you specify @samp{-L} more than once,
99 the directories are searched in the order specified.
101 Many options have long names starting with @samp{-f} or with
102 @samp{-W}---for example, @samp{-fforce-mem},
103 @samp{-fstrength-reduce}, @samp{-Wformat} and so on. Most of
104 these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of
105 @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. This manual documents
106 only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
111 * Option Summary:: Brief list of all options, without explanations.
112 * Overall Options:: Controlling the kind of output:
113 an executable, object files, assembler files,
114 or preprocessed source.
115 * Invoking G++:: Compiling C++ programs.
116 * C Dialect Options:: Controlling the variant of C language compiled.
117 * C++ Dialect Options:: Variations on C++.
118 * Objective-C Dialect Options:: Variations on Objective-C.
119 * Language Independent Options:: Controlling how diagnostics should be
121 * Warning Options:: How picky should the compiler be?
122 * Debugging Options:: Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps.
123 * Optimize Options:: How much optimization?
124 * Preprocessor Options:: Controlling header files and macro definitions.
125 Also, getting dependency information for Make.
126 * Assembler Options:: Passing options to the assembler.
127 * Link Options:: Specifying libraries and so on.
128 * Directory Options:: Where to find header files and libraries.
129 Where to find the compiler executable files.
130 * Spec Files:: How to pass switches to sub-processes.
131 * Target Options:: Running a cross-compiler, or an old version of GCC.
132 * Submodel Options:: Specifying minor hardware or convention variations,
133 such as 68010 vs 68020.
134 * Code Gen Options:: Specifying conventions for function calls, data layout
136 * Environment Variables:: Env vars that affect GCC.
137 * Running Protoize:: Automatically adding or removing function prototypes.
143 @section Option Summary
145 Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are
146 in the following sections.
149 @item Overall Options
150 @xref{Overall Options,,Options Controlling the Kind of Output}.
152 -c -S -E -o @var{file} -pipe -pass-exit-codes -x @var{language} @gol
153 -v --target-help --help}
155 @item C Language Options
156 @xref{C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}.
158 -ansi -std=@var{standard} -fno-asm -fno-builtin @gol
159 -fhosted -ffreestanding @gol
160 -trigraphs -traditional -traditional-cpp @gol
161 -fallow-single-precision -fcond-mismatch @gol
162 -fsigned-bitfields -fsigned-char @gol
163 -funsigned-bitfields -funsigned-char @gol
164 -fwritable-strings -fshort-wchar}
166 @item C++ Language Options
167 @xref{C++ Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C++ Dialect}.
169 -fno-access-control -fcheck-new -fconserve-space @gol
170 -fdollars-in-identifiers -fno-elide-constructors @gol
171 -fno-enforce-eh-specs -fexternal-templates @gol
172 -falt-external-templates @gol
173 -ffor-scope -fno-for-scope -fno-gnu-keywords -fhonor-std @gol
174 -fhuge-objects -fno-implicit-templates @gol
175 -fno-implicit-inline-templates @gol
176 -fno-implement-inlines -fms-extensions @gol
177 -fno-operator-names @gol
178 -fno-optional-diags -fpermissive @gol
179 -frepo -fno-rtti -ftemplate-depth-@var{n} @gol
180 -fuse-cxa-atexit -fvtable-thunks -nostdinc++ @gol
181 -fno-default-inline -Wctor-dtor-privacy @gol
182 -Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wreorder @gol
183 -Weffc++ -Wno-deprecated @gol
184 -Wno-non-template-friend -Wold-style-cast @gol
185 -Woverloaded-virtual -Wno-pmf-conversions @gol
186 -Wsign-promo -Wsynth}
188 @item Objective-C Language Options
189 @xref{Objective-C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling Objective-C Dialect}.
191 -fconstant-string-class=@var{class name} @gol
192 -fgnu-runtime -fnext-runtime -gen-decls
193 -Wno-protocol -Wselector}
195 @item Language Independent Options
196 @xref{Language Independent Options,,Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting}.
198 -fmessage-length=@var{n} @gol
199 -fdiagnostics-show-location=@r{[}once@r{|}every-line@r{]}}
201 @item Warning Options
202 @xref{Warning Options,,Options to Request or Suppress Warnings}.
204 -fsyntax-only -pedantic -pedantic-errors @gol
205 -w -W -Wall -Waggregate-return @gol
206 -Wcast-align -Wcast-qual -Wchar-subscripts -Wcomment @gol
207 -Wconversion -Wdisabled-optimization -Werror @gol
208 -Wfloat-equal -Wformat -Wformat=2 @gol
209 -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security @gol
210 -Wid-clash-@var{len} -Wimplicit -Wimplicit-int @gol
211 -Wimplicit-function-declaration @gol
212 -Werror-implicit-function-declaration @gol
213 -Wimport -Winline @gol
214 -Wlarger-than-@var{len} -Wlong-long @gol
215 -Wmain -Wmissing-braces -Wmissing-declarations @gol
216 -Wmissing-format-attribute -Wmissing-noreturn @gol
217 -Wmultichar -Wno-format-extra-args -Wno-format-y2k @gol
218 -Wno-import -Wpacked -Wpadded @gol
219 -Wparentheses -Wpointer-arith -Wredundant-decls @gol
220 -Wreturn-type -Wsequence-point -Wshadow @gol
221 -Wsign-compare -Wswitch -Wsystem-headers @gol
222 -Wtrigraphs -Wundef -Wuninitialized @gol
223 -Wunknown-pragmas -Wunreachable-code @gol
224 -Wunused -Wunused-function -Wunused-label -Wunused-parameter @gol
225 -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable -Wwrite-strings}
227 @item C-only Warning Options
229 -Wbad-function-cast -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs @gol
230 -Wstrict-prototypes -Wtraditional}
232 @item Debugging Options
233 @xref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC}.
235 -a -ax -d@var{letters} -dumpspecs -dumpmachine -dumpversion @gol
236 -fdump-unnumbered -fdump-translation-unit=@var{file} @gol
237 -fdump-class-layout=@var{file} -fmem-report -fpretend-float @gol
238 -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage -ftime-report @gol
239 -g -g@var{level} -gcoff -gdwarf -gdwarf-1 -gdwarf-1+ -gdwarf-2 @gol
240 -ggdb -gstabs -gstabs+ -gxcoff -gxcoff+ @gol
241 -p -pg -print-file-name=@var{library} -print-libgcc-file-name @gol
242 -print-prog-name=@var{program} -print-search-dirs -Q @gol
245 @item Optimization Options
246 @xref{Optimize Options,,Options that Control Optimization}.
248 -falign-functions=@var{n} -falign-jumps=@var{n} @gol
249 -falign-labels=@var{n} -falign-loops=@var{n} @gol
250 -fbranch-probabilities -fcaller-saves @gol
251 -fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks -fdata-sections -fdce @gol
252 -fdelayed-branch -fdelete-null-pointer-checks @gol
253 -fexpensive-optimizations -ffast-math -ffloat-store @gol
254 -fforce-addr -fforce-mem -ffunction-sections -fgcse -fgcse-lm -fgcse-sm @gol
255 -finline-functions -finline-limit=@var{n} -fkeep-inline-functions @gol
256 -fkeep-static-consts -fmove-all-movables @gol
257 -fno-default-inline -fno-defer-pop @gol
258 -fno-function-cse -fno-guess-branch-probability @gol
259 -fno-inline -fno-math-errno -fno-peephole @gol
260 -funsafe-math-optimizations -fno-trapping-math @gol
261 -fomit-frame-pointer -foptimize-register-move @gol
262 -foptimize-sibling-calls -freduce-all-givs @gol
263 -fregmove -frename-registers @gol
264 -frerun-cse-after-loop -frerun-loop-opt @gol
265 -fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2 @gol
266 -fsingle-precision-constant -fssa @gol
267 -fstrength-reduce -fstrict-aliasing -fthread-jumps -ftrapv @gol
268 -funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops @gol
269 --param @var{name}=@var{value}
270 -O -O0 -O1 -O2 -O3 -Os}
272 @item Preprocessor Options
273 @xref{Preprocessor Options,,Options Controlling the Preprocessor}.
275 -$ -A@var{question}=@var{answer} -A-@var{question}@r{[}=@var{answer}@r{]} @gol
276 -C -dD -dI -dM -dN @gol
277 -D@var{macro}@r{[}=@var{defn}@r{]} -E -H @gol
278 -idirafter @var{dir} @gol
279 -include @var{file} -imacros @var{file} @gol
280 -iprefix @var{file} -iwithprefix @var{dir} @gol
281 -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir} -isystem @var{dir} -isystem-c++ @var{dir} @gol
282 -M -MM -MF -MG -MP -MQ -MT -nostdinc -P -remap @gol
283 -trigraphs -undef -U@var{macro} -Wp\,@var{option}}
285 @item Assembler Option
286 @xref{Assembler Options,,Passing Options to the Assembler}.
291 @xref{Link Options,,Options for Linking}.
293 @var{object-file-name} -l@var{library} @gol
294 -nostartfiles -nodefaultlibs -nostdlib @gol
295 -s -static -static-libgcc -shared -shared-libgcc -symbolic @gol
296 -Wl\,@var{option} -Xlinker @var{option} @gol
299 @item Directory Options
300 @xref{Directory Options,,Options for Directory Search}.
302 -B@var{prefix} -I@var{dir} -I- -L@var{dir} -specs=@var{file}}
305 @c I wrote this xref this way to avoid overfull hbox. -- rms
306 @xref{Target Options}.
308 -b @var{machine} -V @var{version}}
310 @item Machine Dependent Options
311 @xref{Submodel Options,,Hardware Models and Configurations}.
312 @emph{M680x0 Options}
314 -m68000 -m68020 -m68020-40 -m68020-60 -m68030 -m68040 @gol
315 -m68060 -mcpu32 -m5200 -m68881 -mbitfield -mc68000 -mc68020 @gol
316 -mfpa -mnobitfield -mrtd -mshort -msoft-float -mpcrel @gol
317 -malign-int -mstrict-align}
319 @emph{M68hc1x Options}
321 -m6811 -m6812 -m68hc11 -m68hc12 @gol
322 -mauto-incdec -mshort -msoft-reg-count=@var{count}}
330 -mcpu=@var{cpu type} @gol
331 -mtune=@var{cpu type} @gol
332 -mcmodel=@var{code model} @gol
334 -mapp-regs -mbroken-saverestore -mcypress @gol
335 -mepilogue -mfaster-structs -mflat @gol
336 -mfpu -mhard-float -mhard-quad-float @gol
337 -mimpure-text -mlive-g0 -mno-app-regs @gol
338 -mno-epilogue -mno-faster-structs -mno-flat -mno-fpu @gol
339 -mno-impure-text -mno-stack-bias -mno-unaligned-doubles @gol
340 -msoft-float -msoft-quad-float -msparclite -mstack-bias @gol
341 -msupersparc -munaligned-doubles -mv8}
343 @emph{Convex Options}
345 -mc1 -mc2 -mc32 -mc34 -mc38 @gol
346 -margcount -mnoargcount @gol
347 -mlong32 -mlong64 @gol
348 -mvolatile-cache -mvolatile-nocache}
350 @emph{AMD29K Options}
352 -m29000 -m29050 -mbw -mnbw -mdw -mndw @gol
353 -mlarge -mnormal -msmall @gol
354 -mkernel-registers -mno-reuse-arg-regs @gol
355 -mno-stack-check -mno-storem-bug @gol
356 -mreuse-arg-regs -msoft-float -mstack-check @gol
357 -mstorem-bug -muser-registers}
361 -mapcs-frame -mno-apcs-frame @gol
362 -mapcs-26 -mapcs-32 @gol
363 -mapcs-stack-check -mno-apcs-stack-check @gol
364 -mapcs-float -mno-apcs-float @gol
365 -mapcs-reentrant -mno-apcs-reentrant @gol
366 -msched-prolog -mno-sched-prolog @gol
367 -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -mwords-little-endian @gol
368 -malignment-traps -mno-alignment-traps @gol
369 -msoft-float -mhard-float -mfpe @gol
370 -mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork @gol
371 -mcpu= -march= -mfpe= @gol
372 -mstructure-size-boundary= @gol
373 -mbsd -mxopen -mno-symrename @gol
374 -mabort-on-noreturn @gol
375 -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls @gol
376 -mnop-fun-dllimport -mno-nop-fun-dllimport @gol
377 -msingle-pic-base -mno-single-pic-base @gol
382 -mtpcs-frame -mno-tpcs-frame @gol
383 -mtpcs-leaf-frame -mno-tpcs-leaf-frame @gol
384 -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian @gol
385 -mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork @gol
386 -mstructure-size-boundary= @gol
387 -mnop-fun-dllimport -mno-nop-fun-dllimport @gol
388 -mcallee-super-interworking -mno-callee-super-interworking @gol
389 -mcaller-super-interworking -mno-caller-super-interworking @gol
390 -msingle-pic-base -mno-single-pic-base @gol
393 @emph{MN10200 Options}
397 @emph{MN10300 Options}
405 @emph{M32R/D Options}
407 -mcode-model=@var{model type} -msdata=@var{sdata type} @gol
412 -m88000 -m88100 -m88110 -mbig-pic @gol
413 -mcheck-zero-division -mhandle-large-shift @gol
414 -midentify-revision -mno-check-zero-division @gol
415 -mno-ocs-debug-info -mno-ocs-frame-position @gol
416 -mno-optimize-arg-area -mno-serialize-volatile @gol
417 -mno-underscores -mocs-debug-info @gol
418 -mocs-frame-position -moptimize-arg-area @gol
419 -mserialize-volatile -mshort-data-@var{num} -msvr3 @gol
420 -msvr4 -mtrap-large-shift -muse-div-instruction @gol
421 -mversion-03.00 -mwarn-passed-structs}
423 @emph{RS/6000 and PowerPC Options}
425 -mcpu=@var{cpu type} @gol
426 -mtune=@var{cpu type} @gol
427 -mpower -mno-power -mpower2 -mno-power2 @gol
428 -mpowerpc -mpowerpc64 -mno-powerpc @gol
429 -mpowerpc-gpopt -mno-powerpc-gpopt @gol
430 -mpowerpc-gfxopt -mno-powerpc-gfxopt @gol
431 -mnew-mnemonics -mold-mnemonics @gol
432 -mfull-toc -mminimal-toc -mno-fop-in-toc -mno-sum-in-toc @gol
433 -m64 -m32 -mxl-call -mno-xl-call -mthreads -mpe @gol
434 -msoft-float -mhard-float -mmultiple -mno-multiple @gol
435 -mstring -mno-string -mupdate -mno-update @gol
436 -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mbit-align -mno-bit-align @gol
437 -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -mrelocatable @gol
438 -mno-relocatable -mrelocatable-lib -mno-relocatable-lib @gol
439 -mtoc -mno-toc -mlittle -mlittle-endian -mbig -mbig-endian @gol
440 -mcall-aix -mcall-sysv -mprototype -mno-prototype @gol
441 -msim -mmvme -mads -myellowknife -memb -msdata @gol
442 -msdata=@var{opt} -mvxworks -G @var{num}}
446 -mcall-lib-mul -mfp-arg-in-fpregs -mfp-arg-in-gregs @gol
447 -mfull-fp-blocks -mhc-struct-return -min-line-mul @gol
448 -mminimum-fp-blocks -mnohc-struct-return}
452 -mabicalls -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
453 -membedded-data -muninit-const-in-rodata @gol
454 -membedded-pic -mfp32 -mfp64 -mgas -mgp32 -mgp64 @gol
455 -mgpopt -mhalf-pic -mhard-float -mint64 -mips1 @gol
456 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4 -mlong64 -mlong32 -mlong-calls -mmemcpy @gol
457 -mmips-as -mmips-tfile -mno-abicalls @gol
458 -mno-embedded-data -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata -mno-embedded-pic @gol
459 -mno-gpopt -mno-long-calls @gol
460 -mno-memcpy -mno-mips-tfile -mno-rnames -mno-stats @gol
461 -mrnames -msoft-float @gol
462 -m4650 -msingle-float -mmad @gol
463 -mstats -EL -EB -G @var{num} -nocpp @gol
464 -mabi=32 -mabi=n32 -mabi=64 -mabi=eabi @gol
469 -mcpu=@var{cpu type} -march=@var{cpu type} @gol
470 -mintel-syntax -mieee-fp -mno-fancy-math-387 @gol
471 -mno-fp-ret-in-387 -msoft-float -msvr3-shlib @gol
472 -mno-wide-multiply -mrtd -malign-double @gol
473 -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num} @gol
474 -mthreads -mno-align-stringops -minline-all-stringops @gol
475 -mpush-args -maccumulate-outgoing-args -m128bit-long-double @gol
476 -m96bit-long-double -mregparm=@var{num} -momit-leaf-frame-pointer}
480 -march=@var{architecture type} @gol
481 -mbig-switch -mdisable-fpregs -mdisable-indexing @gol
482 -mfast-indirect-calls -mgas -mjump-in-delay @gol
483 -mlong-load-store -mno-big-switch -mno-disable-fpregs @gol
484 -mno-disable-indexing -mno-fast-indirect-calls -mno-gas @gol
485 -mno-jump-in-delay -mno-long-load-store @gol
486 -mno-portable-runtime -mno-soft-float @gol
487 -mno-space-regs -msoft-float -mpa-risc-1-0 @gol
488 -mpa-risc-1-1 -mpa-risc-2-0 -mportable-runtime @gol
489 -mschedule=@var{cpu type} -mspace-regs}
491 @emph{Intel 960 Options}
493 -m@var{cpu type} -masm-compat -mclean-linkage @gol
494 -mcode-align -mcomplex-addr -mleaf-procedures @gol
495 -mic-compat -mic2.0-compat -mic3.0-compat @gol
496 -mintel-asm -mno-clean-linkage -mno-code-align @gol
497 -mno-complex-addr -mno-leaf-procedures @gol
498 -mno-old-align -mno-strict-align -mno-tail-call @gol
499 -mnumerics -mold-align -msoft-float -mstrict-align @gol
502 @emph{DEC Alpha Options}
504 -mfp-regs -mno-fp-regs -mno-soft-float -msoft-float @gol
505 -malpha-as -mgas @gol
506 -mieee -mieee-with-inexact -mieee-conformant @gol
507 -mfp-trap-mode=@var{mode} -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{mode} @gol
508 -mtrap-precision=@var{mode} -mbuild-constants @gol
509 -mcpu=@var{cpu type} @gol
510 -mbwx -mno-bwx -mcix -mno-cix -mmax -mno-max @gol
511 -mmemory-latency=@var{time}}
513 @emph{Clipper Options}
517 @emph{H8/300 Options}
519 -mrelax -mh -ms -mint32 -malign-300}
523 -m1 -m2 -m3 -m3e @gol
524 -m4-nofpu -m4-single-only -m4-single -m4 @gol
525 -mb -ml -mdalign -mrelax @gol
526 -mbigtable -mfmovd -mhitachi -mnomacsave @gol
527 -misize -mpadstruct -mspace @gol
531 @emph{System V Options}
533 -Qy -Qn -YP\,@var{paths} -Ym\,@var{dir}}
538 -mmangle-cpu -mcpu=@var{cpu} -mtext=@var{text section} @gol
539 -mdata=@var{data section} -mrodata=@var{readonly data section}}
541 @emph{TMS320C3x/C4x Options}
543 -mcpu=@var{cpu} -mbig -msmall -mregparm -mmemparm @gol
544 -mfast-fix -mmpyi -mbk -mti -mdp-isr-reload @gol
545 -mrpts=@var{count} -mrptb -mdb -mloop-unsigned @gol
546 -mparallel-insns -mparallel-mpy -mpreserve-float}
550 -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mep -mno-ep @gol
551 -mprolog-function -mno-prolog-function -mspace @gol
552 -mtda=@var{n} -msda=@var{n} -mzda=@var{n} @gol
557 -m32032 -m32332 -m32532 -m32081 -m32381 -mmult-add -mnomult-add @gol
558 -msoft-float -mrtd -mnortd -mregparam -mnoregparam -msb -mnosb @gol
559 -mbitfield -mnobitfield -mhimem -mnohimem}
563 -mmcu=@var{mcu} -msize -minit-stack=@var{n} -mno-interrupts @gol
564 -mcall-prologues -mno-tablejump -mtiny-stack}
568 -mhardlit -mno-hardlit -mdiv -mno-div -mrelax-immediates @gol
569 -mno-relax-immediates -mwide-bitfields -mno-wide-bitfields @gol
570 -m4byte-functions -mno-4byte-functions -mcallgraph-data @gol
571 -mno-callgraph-data -mslow-bytes -mno-slow-bytes -mno-lsim @gol
572 -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -m210 -m340 -mstack-increment}
576 -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mgnu-as -mgnu-ld -mno-pic @gol
577 -mvolatile-asm-stop -mb-step -mregister-names -mno-sdata @gol
578 -mconstant-gp -mauto-pic -minline-divide-min-latency @gol
579 -minline-divide-max-throughput -mno-dwarf2-asm @gol
580 -mfixed-range=@var{register range}}
582 @item Code Generation Options
583 @xref{Code Gen Options,,Options for Code Generation Conventions}.
585 -fcall-saved-@var{reg} -fcall-used-@var{reg} @gol
586 -fexceptions -funwind-tables -ffixed-@var{reg} @gol
587 -finhibit-size-directive -finstrument-functions @gol
588 -fcheck-memory-usage -fprefix-function-name @gol
589 -fno-common -fno-ident -fno-gnu-linker @gol
590 -fpcc-struct-return -fpic -fPIC @gol
591 -freg-struct-return -fshared-data -fshort-enums @gol
592 -fshort-double -fvolatile -fvolatile-global -fvolatile-static @gol
593 -fverbose-asm -fpack-struct -fstack-check @gol
594 -fstack-limit-register=@var{reg} -fstack-limit-symbol=@var{sym} @gol
595 -fargument-alias -fargument-noalias @gol
596 -fargument-noalias-global @gol
597 -fleading-underscore}
601 * Overall Options:: Controlling the kind of output:
602 an executable, object files, assembler files,
603 or preprocessed source.
604 * C Dialect Options:: Controlling the variant of C language compiled.
605 * C++ Dialect Options:: Variations on C++.
606 * Objective-C Dialect Options:: Variations on Objective-C.
607 * Language Independent Options:: Controlling how diagnostics should be
609 * Warning Options:: How picky should the compiler be?
610 * Debugging Options:: Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps.
611 * Optimize Options:: How much optimization?
612 * Preprocessor Options:: Controlling header files and macro definitions.
613 Also, getting dependency information for Make.
614 * Assembler Options:: Passing options to the assembler.
615 * Link Options:: Specifying libraries and so on.
616 * Directory Options:: Where to find header files and libraries.
617 Where to find the compiler executable files.
618 * Spec Files:: How to pass switches to sub-processes.
619 * Target Options:: Running a cross-compiler, or an old version of GCC.
622 @node Overall Options
623 @section Options Controlling the Kind of Output
625 Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
626 proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. The first three
627 stages apply to an individual source file, and end by producing an
628 object file; linking combines all the object files (those newly
629 compiled, and those specified as input) into an executable file.
631 @cindex file name suffix
632 For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
637 C source code which must be preprocessed.
640 C source code which should not be preprocessed.
643 C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.
646 Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the library
647 @file{libobjc.a} to make an Objective-C program work.
650 Objective-C source code which should not be preprocessed.
653 C header file (not to be compiled or linked).
657 @itemx @var{file}.cxx
658 @itemx @var{file}.cpp
659 @itemx @var{file}.c++
661 C++ source code which must be preprocessed. Note that in @samp{.cxx},
662 the last two letters must both be literally @samp{x}. Likewise,
663 @samp{.C} refers to a literal capital C.
666 @itemx @var{file}.for
667 @itemx @var{file}.FOR
668 Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
671 @itemx @var{file}.fpp
672 @itemx @var{file}.FPP
673 Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the traditional
677 Fortran source code which must be preprocessed with a RATFOR
678 preprocessor (not included with GCC).
680 @xref{Overall Options,,Options Controlling the Kind of Output, g77,
681 Using and Porting GNU Fortran}, for more details of the handling of
684 @c FIXME: Descriptions of Java file types.
690 @c GCC also knows about some suffixes for languages not yet included:
700 @itemx @var{file}.chi
701 CHILL source code (preprocessed with the traditional preprocessor).
707 Assembler code which must be preprocessed.
710 An object file to be fed straight into linking.
711 Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
714 You can specify the input language explicitly with the @samp{-x} option:
717 @item -x @var{language}
718 Specify explicitly the @var{language} for the following input files
719 (rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file
720 name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until
721 the next @samp{-x} option. Possible values for @var{language} are:
723 c c-header cpp-output
725 objective-c objc-cpp-output
726 assembler assembler-with-cpp
727 f77 f77-cpp-input ratfor
730 @c Also f77-version, for internal use only.
733 Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
734 handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if @samp{-x}
735 has not been used at all).
737 @item -pass-exit-codes
738 Normally the @command{gcc} program will exit with the code of 1 if any
739 phase of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
740 @samp{-pass-exit-codes}, the @command{gcc} program will instead return with
741 numerically highest error produced by any phase that returned an error
745 If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
746 @samp{-x} (or filename suffixes) to tell @command{gcc} where to start, and
747 one of the options @samp{-c}, @samp{-S}, or @samp{-E} to say where
748 @command{gcc} is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
749 @samp{-x cpp-output -E}) instruct @command{gcc} to do nothing at all.
753 Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
754 stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
755 object file for each source file.
757 By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing
758 the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, @samp{.s}, etc., with @samp{.o}.
760 Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are
764 Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output
765 is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input
768 By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
769 replacing the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, etc., with @samp{.s}.
771 Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
774 Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
775 output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
778 Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.
780 @cindex output file option
782 Place output in file @var{file}. This applies regardless to whatever
783 sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
784 an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
786 Since only one output file can be specified, it does not make sense to
787 use @samp{-o} when compiling more than one input file, unless you are
788 producing an executable file as output.
790 If @samp{-o} is not specified, the default is to put an executable file
791 in @file{a.out}, the object file for @file{@var{source}.@var{suffix}} in
792 @file{@var{source}.o}, its assembler file in @file{@var{source}.s}, and
793 all preprocessed C source on standard output.@refill
796 Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
797 of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
798 program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
801 Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
802 various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
803 the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has
807 Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line options
808 understood by @command{gcc}. If the @option{-v} option is also specified
809 then @option{--help} will also be passed on to the various processes
810 invoked by @command{gcc}, so that they can display the command line options
811 they accept. If the @option{-W} option is also specified then command
812 line options which have no documentation associated with them will also
816 Print (on the standard output) a description of target specific command
817 line options for each tool.
821 @section Compiling C++ Programs
823 @cindex suffixes for C++ source
824 @cindex C++ source file suffixes
825 C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes @samp{.C},
826 @samp{.cc}, @samp{.cpp}, @samp{.c++}, @samp{.cp}, or @samp{.cxx};
827 preprocessed C++ files use the suffix @samp{.ii}. GCC recognizes
828 files with these names and compiles them as C++ programs even if you
829 call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually with
830 the name @command{gcc}).
834 However, C++ programs often require class libraries as well as a
835 compiler that understands the C++ language---and under some
836 circumstances, you might want to compile programs from standard input,
837 or otherwise without a suffix that flags them as C++ programs.
838 @command{g++} is a program that calls GCC with the default language
839 set to C++, and automatically specifies linking against the C++
840 library. On many systems, @command{g++} is also
841 installed with the name @command{c++}.
843 @cindex invoking @command{g++}
844 When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same
845 command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
846 language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
847 languages; or options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
848 @xref{C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}, for
849 explanations of options for languages related to C.
850 @xref{C++ Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C++ Dialect}, for
851 explanations of options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
853 @node C Dialect Options
854 @section Options Controlling C Dialect
855 @cindex dialect options
856 @cindex language dialect options
857 @cindex options, dialect
859 The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
860 from C, such as C++ and Objective C) that the compiler accepts:
866 In C mode, support all ISO C89 programs. In C++ mode,
867 remove GNU extensions that conflict with ISO C++.
869 This turns off certain features of GCC that are incompatible with ISO
870 C (when compiling C code), or of standard C++ (when compiling C++ code),
871 such as the @code{asm} and @code{typeof} keywords, and
872 predefined macros such as @code{unix} and @code{vax} that identify the
873 type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
874 rarely used ISO trigraph feature. For the C compiler,
875 it disables recognition of C++ style @samp{//} comments as well as
876 the @code{inline} keyword.
878 The alternate keywords @code{__asm__}, @code{__extension__},
879 @code{__inline__} and @code{__typeof__} continue to work despite
880 @samp{-ansi}. You would not want to use them in an ISO C program, of
881 course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
882 in compilations done with @samp{-ansi}. Alternate predefined macros
883 such as @code{__unix__} and @code{__vax__} are also available, with or
884 without @samp{-ansi}.
886 The @samp{-ansi} option does not cause non-ISO programs to be
887 rejected gratuitously. For that, @samp{-pedantic} is required in
888 addition to @samp{-ansi}. @xref{Warning Options}.
890 The macro @code{__STRICT_ANSI__} is predefined when the @samp{-ansi}
891 option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
892 from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
893 ISO standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
894 programs that might use these names for other things.
896 Functions which would normally be builtin but do not have semantics
897 defined by ISO C (such as @code{alloca} and @code{ffs}) are not builtin
898 functions with @samp{-ansi} is used. @xref{Other Builtins,,Other
899 built-in functions provided by GNU CC}, for details of the functions
903 Determine the language standard. A value for this option must be provided;
908 Same as @option{-ansi}
911 ISO C as modified in amend. 1
914 ISO C99. Note that this standard is not yet fully supported; see
915 @w{@uref{http://gcc.gnu.org/c99status.html}} for more information.
918 same as @option{-std=iso9899:1990}
921 same as @option{-std=iso9899:1999}
924 default, iso9899:1990 + gnu extensions
927 iso9899:1999 + gnu extensions
930 same as @option{-std=iso9899:1999}, deprecated
933 same as @option{-std=iso9899:1999}, deprecated
936 same as @option{-std=gnu99}, deprecated
940 Even when this option is not specified, you can still use some of the
941 features of newer standards in so far as they do not conflict with
942 previous C standards. For example, you may use @code{__restrict__} even
943 when @option{-std=c99} is not specified.
945 The @option{-std} options specifying some version of ISO C have the same
946 effects as @option{-ansi}, except that features that were not in ISO C89
947 but are in the specified version (for example, @samp{//} comments and
948 the @code{inline} keyword in ISO C99) are not disabled.
950 @xref{Standards,,Language Standards Supported by GCC}, for details of
951 these standard versions.
954 Do not recognize @code{asm}, @code{inline} or @code{typeof} as a
955 keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
956 the keywords @code{__asm__}, @code{__inline__} and @code{__typeof__}
957 instead. @samp{-ansi} implies @samp{-fno-asm}.
959 In C++, this switch only affects the @code{typeof} keyword, since
960 @code{asm} and @code{inline} are standard keywords. You may want to
961 use the @samp{-fno-gnu-keywords} flag instead, which has the same
962 effect. In C99 mode (@option{-std=c99} or @option{-std=gnu99}), this
963 switch only affects the @code{asm} and @code{typeof} keywords, since
964 @code{inline} is a standard keyword in ISO C99.
967 @cindex builtin functions
968 Don't recognize builtin functions that do not begin with
969 @samp{__builtin_} as prefix. @xref{Other Builtins,,Other built-in
970 functions provided by GNU CC}, for details of the functions affected,
971 including those which are not builtin functions when @option{-ansi} or
972 @option{-std} options for strict ISO C conformance are used because they
973 do not have an ISO standard meaning.
975 GCC normally generates special code to handle certain builtin functions
976 more efficiently; for instance, calls to @code{alloca} may become single
977 instructions that adjust the stack directly, and calls to @code{memcpy}
978 may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
979 and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
980 cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
981 of the functions by linking with a different library.
984 @cindex hosted environment
986 Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
987 @samp{-fbuiltin}. A hosted environment is one in which the
988 entire standard library is available, and in which @code{main} has a return
989 type of @code{int}. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
990 This is equivalent to @samp{-fno-freestanding}.
993 @cindex hosted environment
995 Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
996 implies @samp{-fno-builtin}. A freestanding environment
997 is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
998 not necessarily be at @code{main}. The most obvious example is an OS kernel.
999 This is equivalent to @samp{-fno-hosted}.
1001 @xref{Standards,,Language Standards Supported by GCC}, for details of
1002 freestanding and hosted environments.
1005 Support ISO C trigraphs. You don't want to know about this
1006 brain-damage. The @option{-ansi} option (and @option{-std} options for
1007 strict ISO C conformance) implies @option{-trigraphs}.
1009 @cindex traditional C language
1010 @cindex C language, traditional
1012 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C compilers.
1017 All @code{extern} declarations take effect globally even if they
1018 are written inside of a function definition. This includes implicit
1019 declarations of functions.
1022 The newer keywords @code{typeof}, @code{inline}, @code{signed}, @code{const}
1023 and @code{volatile} are not recognized. (You can still use the
1024 alternative keywords such as @code{__typeof__}, @code{__inline__}, and
1028 Comparisons between pointers and integers are always allowed.
1031 Integer types @code{unsigned short} and @code{unsigned char} promote
1032 to @code{unsigned int}.
1035 Out-of-range floating point literals are not an error.
1038 Certain constructs which ISO regards as a single invalid preprocessing
1039 number, such as @samp{0xe-0xd}, are treated as expressions instead.
1042 String ``constants'' are not necessarily constant; they are stored in
1043 writable space, and identical looking constants are allocated
1044 separately. (This is the same as the effect of
1045 @samp{-fwritable-strings}.)
1047 @cindex @code{longjmp} and automatic variables
1049 All automatic variables not declared @code{register} are preserved by
1050 @code{longjmp}. Ordinarily, GNU C follows ISO C: automatic variables
1051 not declared @code{volatile} may be clobbered.
1056 @cindex escape sequences, traditional
1057 The character escape sequences @samp{\x} and @samp{\a} evaluate as the
1058 literal characters @samp{x} and @samp{a} respectively. Without
1059 @w{@samp{-traditional}}, @samp{\x} is a prefix for the hexadecimal
1060 representation of a character, and @samp{\a} produces a bell.
1063 You may wish to use @samp{-fno-builtin} as well as @samp{-traditional}
1064 if your program uses names that are normally GNU C builtin functions for
1065 other purposes of its own.
1067 You cannot use @samp{-traditional} if you include any header files that
1068 rely on ISO C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
1069 ISO C header files and you cannot use @samp{-traditional} on such
1070 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
1072 The @samp{-traditional} option also enables @samp{-traditional-cpp},
1073 which is described next.
1075 @item -traditional-cpp
1076 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C preprocessors.
1081 Comments convert to nothing at all, rather than to a space. This allows
1082 traditional token concatenation.
1085 In a preprocessing directive, the @samp{#} symbol must appear as the first
1086 character of a line.
1089 Macro arguments are recognized within string constants in a macro
1090 definition (and their values are stringified, though without additional
1091 quote marks, when they appear in such a context). The preprocessor
1092 always considers a string constant to end at a newline.
1095 @cindex detecting @w{@samp{-traditional}}
1096 The predefined macro @code{__STDC__} is not defined when you use
1097 @samp{-traditional}, but @code{__GNUC__} is (since the GNU extensions
1098 which @code{__GNUC__} indicates are not affected by
1099 @samp{-traditional}). If you need to write header files that work
1100 differently depending on whether @samp{-traditional} is in use, by
1101 testing both of these predefined macros you can distinguish four
1102 situations: GNU C, traditional GNU C, other ISO C compilers, and other
1103 old C compilers. The predefined macro @code{__STDC_VERSION__} is also
1104 not defined when you use @samp{-traditional}. @xref{Standard
1105 Predefined,,Standard Predefined Macros,cpp.info,The C Preprocessor},
1106 for more discussion of these and other predefined macros.
1109 @cindex string constants vs newline
1110 @cindex newline vs string constants
1111 The preprocessor considers a string constant to end at a newline (unless
1112 the newline is escaped with @samp{\}). (Without @w{@samp{-traditional}},
1113 string constants can contain the newline character as typed.)
1116 @item -fcond-mismatch
1117 Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
1118 third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option
1119 is not supported for C++.
1121 @item -funsigned-char
1122 Let the type @code{char} be unsigned, like @code{unsigned char}.
1124 Each kind of machine has a default for what @code{char} should
1125 be. It is either like @code{unsigned char} by default or like
1126 @code{signed char} by default.
1128 Ideally, a portable program should always use @code{signed char} or
1129 @code{unsigned char} when it depends on the signedness of an object.
1130 But many programs have been written to use plain @code{char} and
1131 expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
1132 machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
1133 make such a program work with the opposite default.
1135 The type @code{char} is always a distinct type from each of
1136 @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}, even though its behavior
1137 is always just like one of those two.
1140 Let the type @code{char} be signed, like @code{signed char}.
1142 Note that this is equivalent to @samp{-fno-unsigned-char}, which is
1143 the negative form of @samp{-funsigned-char}. Likewise, the option
1144 @samp{-fno-signed-char} is equivalent to @samp{-funsigned-char}.
1146 You may wish to use @samp{-fno-builtin} as well as @samp{-traditional}
1147 if your program uses names that are normally GNU C builtin functions for
1148 other purposes of its own.
1150 You cannot use @samp{-traditional} if you include any header files that
1151 rely on ISO C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
1152 ISO C header files and you cannot use @samp{-traditional} on such
1153 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
1155 @item -fsigned-bitfields
1156 @itemx -funsigned-bitfields
1157 @itemx -fno-signed-bitfields
1158 @itemx -fno-unsigned-bitfields
1159 These options control whether a bitfield is signed or unsigned, when the
1160 declaration does not use either @code{signed} or @code{unsigned}. By
1161 default, such a bitfield is signed, because this is consistent: the
1162 basic integer types such as @code{int} are signed types.
1164 However, when @samp{-traditional} is used, bitfields are all unsigned
1167 @item -fwritable-strings
1168 Store string constants in the writable data segment and don't uniquize
1169 them. This is for compatibility with old programs which assume they can
1170 write into string constants. The option @samp{-traditional} also has
1173 Writing into string constants is a very bad idea; ``constants'' should
1176 @item -fallow-single-precision
1177 Do not promote single precision math operations to double precision,
1178 even when compiling with @samp{-traditional}.
1180 Traditional K&R C promotes all floating point operations to double
1181 precision, regardless of the sizes of the operands. On the
1182 architecture for which you are compiling, single precision may be faster
1183 than double precision. If you must use @samp{-traditional}, but want
1184 to use single precision operations when the operands are single
1185 precision, use this option. This option has no effect when compiling
1186 with ISO or GNU C conventions (the default).
1189 Override the underlying type for @samp{wchar_t} to be @samp{short
1190 unsigned int} instead of the default for the target. This option is
1191 useful for building programs to run under WINE.
1194 @node C++ Dialect Options
1195 @section Options Controlling C++ Dialect
1197 @cindex compiler options, C++
1198 @cindex C++ options, command line
1199 @cindex options, C++
1200 This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
1201 for C++ programs; but you can also use most of the GNU compiler options
1202 regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
1203 might compile a file @code{firstClass.C} like this:
1206 g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C
1210 In this example, only @samp{-frepo} is an option meant
1211 only for C++ programs; you can use the other options with any
1212 language supported by GCC.
1214 Here is a list of options that are @emph{only} for compiling C++ programs:
1217 @item -fno-access-control
1218 Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
1219 around bugs in the access control code.
1222 Check that the pointer returned by @code{operator new} is non-null
1223 before attempting to modify the storage allocated. The current Working
1224 Paper requires that @code{operator new} never return a null pointer, so
1225 this check is normally unnecessary.
1227 An alternative to using this option is to specify that your
1228 @code{operator new} does not throw any exceptions; if you declare it
1229 @samp{throw()}, g++ will check the return value. See also @samp{new
1232 @item -fconserve-space
1233 Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the
1234 common segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the
1235 cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this
1236 flag and your program mysteriously crashes after @code{main()} has
1237 completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice because
1238 two definitions were merged.
1240 This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support has
1241 been added for putting variables into BSS without making them common.
1243 @item -fno-const-strings
1244 Give string constants type @code{char *} instead of type @code{const
1245 char *}. By default, G++ uses type @code{const char *} as required by
1246 the standard. Even if you use @samp{-fno-const-strings}, you cannot
1247 actually modify the value of a string constant, unless you also use
1248 @samp{-fwritable-strings}.
1250 This option might be removed in a future release of G++. For maximum
1251 portability, you should structure your code so that it works with
1252 string constants that have type @code{const char *}.
1254 @item -fdollars-in-identifiers
1255 Accept @samp{$} in identifiers. You can also explicitly prohibit use of
1256 @samp{$} with the option @samp{-fno-dollars-in-identifiers}. (GNU C allows
1257 @samp{$} by default on most target systems, but there are a few exceptions.)
1258 Traditional C allowed the character @samp{$} to form part of
1259 identifiers. However, ISO C and C++ forbid @samp{$} in identifiers.
1261 @item -fno-elide-constructors
1262 The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
1263 which is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
1264 Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces g++ to
1265 call the copy constructor in all cases.
1267 @item -fno-enforce-eh-specs
1268 Don't check for violation of exception specifications at runtime. This
1269 option violates the C++ standard, but may be useful for reducing code
1270 size in production builds, much like defining @samp{NDEBUG}. The compiler
1271 will still optimize based on the exception specifications.
1273 @item -fexternal-templates
1274 Cause template instantiations to obey @samp{#pragma interface} and
1275 @samp{implementation}; template instances are emitted or not according
1276 to the location of the template definition. @xref{Template
1277 Instantiation}, for more information.
1279 This option is deprecated.
1281 @item -falt-external-templates
1282 Similar to -fexternal-templates, but template instances are emitted or
1283 not according to the place where they are first instantiated.
1284 @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more information.
1286 This option is deprecated.
1289 @itemx -fno-for-scope
1290 If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1291 a @i{for-init-statement} is limited to the @samp{for} loop itself,
1292 as specified by the C++ standard.
1293 If -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1294 a @i{for-init-statement} extends to the end of the enclosing scope,
1295 as was the case in old versions of gcc, and other (traditional)
1296 implementations of C++.
1298 The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
1299 but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would
1300 otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
1302 @item -fno-gnu-keywords
1303 Do not recognize @code{typeof} as a keyword, so that code can use this
1304 word as an identifier. You can use the keyword @code{__typeof__} instead.
1305 @samp{-ansi} implies @samp{-fno-gnu-keywords}.
1308 Treat the @code{namespace std} as a namespace, instead of ignoring
1309 it. For compatibility with earlier versions of g++, the compiler will,
1310 by default, ignore @code{namespace-declarations},
1311 @code{using-declarations}, @code{using-directives}, and
1312 @code{namespace-names}, if they involve @code{std}.
1314 @item -fhuge-objects
1315 Support virtual function calls for objects that exceed the size
1316 representable by a @samp{short int}. Users should not use this flag by
1317 default; if you need to use it, the compiler will tell you so.
1319 This flag is not useful when compiling with -fvtable-thunks.
1321 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1322 libgcc} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1324 @item -fno-implicit-templates
1325 Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated
1326 implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
1327 @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more information.
1329 @item -fno-implicit-inline-templates
1330 Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
1331 The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
1332 without optimization will need the same set of explicit instantiations.
1334 @item -fno-implement-inlines
1335 To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
1336 controlled by @samp{#pragma implementation}. This will cause linker
1337 errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
1339 @item -fms-extensions
1340 Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in MFC, such as implicit
1341 int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.
1343 @item -fno-nonansi-builtins
1344 Disable builtin declarations of functions that are not mandated by
1345 ANSI/ISO C. These include @code{ffs}, @code{alloca}, @code{_exit},
1346 @code{index}, @code{bzero}, @code{conjf}, and other related functions.
1348 @item -fno-operator-names
1349 Do not treat the operator name keywords @code{and}, @code{bitand},
1350 @code{bitor}, @code{compl}, @code{not}, @code{or} and @code{xor} as
1351 synonyms as keywords.
1353 @item -fno-optional-diags
1354 Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
1355 issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by g++ is the one for
1356 a name having multiple meanings within a class.
1359 Downgrade messages about nonconformant code from errors to warnings. By
1360 default, g++ effectively sets @samp{-pedantic-errors} without
1361 @samp{-pedantic}; this option reverses that. This behavior and this
1362 option are superseded by @samp{-pedantic}, which works as it does for GNU C.
1365 Enable automatic template instantiation. This option also implies
1366 @samp{-fno-implicit-templates}. @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more
1370 Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
1371 functions for use by the C++ runtime type identification features
1372 (@samp{dynamic_cast} and @samp{typeid}). If you don't use those parts
1373 of the language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
1374 exception handling uses the same information, but it will generate it as
1378 Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation.
1379 This information is generally only useful to the G++ development team.
1381 @item -ftemplate-depth-@var{n}
1382 Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to @var{n}.
1383 A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
1384 endless recursions during template class instantiation. ANSI/ISO C++
1385 conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17.
1387 @item -fuse-cxa-atexit
1388 Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the
1389 @code{__cxa_atexit} function rather than the @code{atexit} function.
1390 This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of static
1391 destructors, but will only work if your C library supports
1392 @code{__cxa_atexit}.
1394 @item -fvtable-thunks
1395 Use @samp{thunks} to implement the virtual function dispatch table
1396 (@samp{vtable}). The traditional (cfront-style) approach to
1397 implementing vtables was to store a pointer to the function and two
1398 offsets for adjusting the @samp{this} pointer at the call site. Newer
1399 implementations store a single pointer to a @samp{thunk} function which
1400 does any necessary adjustment and then calls the target function.
1402 This option also enables a heuristic for controlling emission of
1403 vtables; if a class has any non-inline virtual functions, the vtable
1404 will be emitted in the translation unit containing the first one of
1407 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1408 libgcc.a} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1411 Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provied by the linker.
1412 By default, G++ will use weak symbols if they are available. This
1413 option exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-users;
1414 it will result in inferior code and has no benefits. This option may
1415 be removed in a future release of G++.
1418 Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
1419 C++, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option
1420 is used when building the C++ library.)
1423 In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
1424 have meanings only for C++ programs:
1427 @item -fno-default-inline
1428 Do not assume @samp{inline} for functions defined inside a class scope.
1429 @xref{Optimize Options,,Options That Control Optimization}. Note that these
1430 functions will have linkage like inline functions; they just won't be
1433 @item -Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ only)
1434 Warn when a class seems unusable, because all the constructors or
1435 destructors in a class are private and the class has no friends or
1436 public static member functions.
1438 @item -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ only)
1439 Warn when a class declares a non-virtual destructor that should probably
1440 be virtual, because it looks like the class will be used polymorphically.
1442 @item -Wreorder (C++ only)
1443 @cindex reordering, warning
1444 @cindex warning for reordering of member initializers
1445 Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
1446 match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
1452 A(): j (0), i (1) @{ @}
1456 Here the compiler will warn that the member initializers for @samp{i}
1457 and @samp{j} will be rearranged to match the declaration order of the
1461 The following @samp{-W@dots{}} options are not affected by @samp{-Wall}.
1464 @item -Weffc++ (C++ only)
1465 Warn about violations of various style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
1466 @cite{Effective C++} books. If you use this option, you should be aware
1467 that the standard library headers do not obey all of these guidelines;
1468 you can use @samp{grep -v} to filter out those warnings.
1470 @item -Wno-deprecated (C++ only)
1471 Do not warn about usage of deprecated features. @xref{Deprecated Features}.
1473 @item -Wno-non-template-friend (C++ only)
1474 Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
1475 within a template. With the advent of explicit template specification
1476 support in g++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (ie,
1477 @samp{friend foo(int)}), the C++ language specification demands that the
1478 friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section
1479 14.5.3). Before g++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids
1480 could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized
1481 function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default
1482 behavior for g++, @samp{-Wnon-template-friend} allows the compiler to
1483 check existing code for potential trouble spots, and is on by default.
1484 This new compiler behavior can be turned off with
1485 @samp{-Wno-non-template-friend} which keeps the conformant compiler code
1486 but disables the helpful warning.
1488 @item -Wold-style-cast (C++ only)
1489 Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast is used within a C++ program. The
1490 new-style casts (@samp{static_cast}, @samp{reinterpret_cast}, and
1491 @samp{const_cast}) are less vulnerable to unintended effects.
1493 @item -Woverloaded-virtual (C++ only)
1494 @cindex overloaded virtual fn, warning
1495 @cindex warning for overloaded virtual fn
1496 Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a
1497 base class. For example, in:
1504 struct B: public A @{
1509 the @code{A} class version of @code{f} is hidden in @code{B}, and code
1517 will fail to compile.
1519 @item -Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ only)
1520 Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
1523 @item -Wsign-promo (C++ only)
1524 Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
1525 enumeral type to a signed type over a conversion to an unsigned type of
1526 the same size. Previous versions of g++ would try to preserve
1527 unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
1529 @item -Wsynth (C++ only)
1530 @cindex warning for synthesized methods
1531 @cindex synthesized methods, warning
1532 Warn when g++'s synthesis behavior does not match that of cfront. For
1538 A& operator = (int);
1548 In this example, g++ will synthesize a default @samp{A& operator =
1549 (const A&);}, while cfront will use the user-defined @samp{operator =}.
1552 @node Objective-C Dialect Options
1553 @section Options Controlling Objective-C Dialect
1555 @cindex compiler options, Objective-C
1556 @cindex Objective-C options, command line
1557 @cindex options, Objective-C
1558 This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
1559 for Objective-C programs; but you can also use most of the GNU compiler
1560 options regardless of what language your program is in. For example,
1561 you might compile a file @code{some_class.m} like this:
1564 gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m
1568 In this example, only @samp{-fgnu-runtime} is an option meant only for
1569 Objective-C programs; you can use the other options with any language
1572 Here is a list of options that are @emph{only} for compiling Objective-C
1576 @item -fconstant-string-class=@var{class name}
1577 Use @var{class name} as the name of the class to instantiate for each
1578 literal string specified with the syntax @code{@@"..."}. The default
1579 class name is @code{NXConstantString}.
1582 Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C
1583 runtime. This is the default for most types of systems.
1585 @item -fnext-runtime
1586 Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the default
1587 for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac OS X.
1590 Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a
1591 file named @file{@var{sourcename}.decl}.
1594 Do not warn if methods required by a protocol are not implemented
1595 in the class adopting it.
1598 Warn if a selector has multiple methods of different types defined.
1600 @c not documented because only avail via -Wp
1601 @c @item -print-objc-runtime-info
1605 @node Language Independent Options
1606 @section Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting
1607 @cindex options to control diagnostics formatting
1608 @cindex diagnostic messages
1609 @cindex message formatting
1611 Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of
1612 the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...). The options described
1613 below can be used to control the diagnostic messages formatting
1614 algorithm, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source location
1615 information should be reported. Right now, only the C++ front-end can
1616 honor these options. However it is expected, in the near future, that
1617 the remaining front-ends would be able to digest them correctly.
1620 @item -fmessage-length=@var{n}
1621 Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about @var{n}
1622 characters. The default is 72 characters for g++ and 0 for the rest of
1623 the front-ends supported by GCC. If @var{n} is zero, then no
1624 line-wrapping will be done; each error message will appear on a single
1627 @item -fdiagnostics-show-location=once
1628 Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages
1629 reporter to emit @emph{once} source location information; that is, in
1630 case the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to
1631 be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted (as prefix) again,
1632 over and over, in subsequent continuation lines. This is the default
1635 @item -fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line
1636 Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic
1637 messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as
1638 prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking a
1639 a message which is too long to fit on a single line.
1643 @node Warning Options
1644 @section Options to Request or Suppress Warnings
1645 @cindex options to control warnings
1646 @cindex warning messages
1647 @cindex messages, warning
1648 @cindex suppressing warnings
1650 Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which
1651 are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there
1652 may have been an error.
1654 You can request many specific warnings with options beginning @samp{-W},
1655 for example @samp{-Wimplicit} to request warnings on implicit
1656 declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a
1657 negative form beginning @samp{-Wno-} to turn off warnings;
1658 for example, @samp{-Wno-implicit}. This manual lists only one of the
1659 two forms, whichever is not the default.
1661 These options control the amount and kinds of warnings produced by GCC:
1664 @cindex syntax checking
1666 Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
1669 Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and ISO C++;
1670 reject all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other
1671 programs that do not follow ISO C and ISO C++. For ISO C, follows the
1672 version of the ISO C standard specified by any @samp{-std} option used.
1674 Valid ISO C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with or without
1675 this option (though a rare few will require @option{-ansi} or a
1676 @option{-std} option specifying the required version of ISO C). However,
1677 without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and C++
1678 features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
1680 @samp{-pedantic} does not cause warning messages for use of the
1681 alternate keywords whose names begin and end with @samp{__}. Pedantic
1682 warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
1683 @code{__extension__}. However, only system header files should use
1684 these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
1685 @xref{Alternate Keywords}.
1687 Some users try to use @samp{-pedantic} to check programs for strict ISO
1688 C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want:
1689 it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all---only those for which
1690 ISO C @emph{requires} a diagnostic, and some others for which
1691 diagnostics have been added.
1693 A feature to report any failure to conform to ISO C might be useful in
1694 some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would
1695 be quite different from @samp{-pedantic}. We don't have plans to
1696 support such a feature in the near future.
1698 @item -pedantic-errors
1699 Like @samp{-pedantic}, except that errors are produced rather than
1703 Inhibit all warning messages.
1706 Inhibit warning messages about the use of @samp{#import}.
1708 @item -Wchar-subscripts
1709 Warn if an array subscript has type @code{char}. This is a common cause
1710 of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
1714 Warn whenever a comment-start sequence @samp{/*} appears in a @samp{/*}
1715 comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a @samp{//} comment.
1718 Check calls to @code{printf} and @code{scanf}, etc., to make sure that
1719 the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
1720 specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string make
1721 sense. This includes standard functions, and others specified by format
1722 attributes (@pxref{Function Attributes}), in the @code{printf},
1723 @code{scanf}, @code{strftime} and @code{strfmon} (an X/Open extension,
1724 not in the C standard) families.
1726 The formats are checked against the format features supported by GNU
1727 libc version 2.2. These include all ISO C89 and C99 features, as well
1728 as features from the Single Unix Specification and some BSD and GNU
1729 extensions. Other library implementations may not support all these
1730 features; GCC does not support warning about features that go beyond a
1731 particular library's limitations. However, if @samp{-pedantic} is used
1732 with @samp{-Wformat}, warnings will be given about format features not
1733 in the selected standard version (but not for @code{strfmon} formats,
1734 since those are not in any version of the C standard). @xref{C Dialect
1735 Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}.
1737 @samp{-Wformat} is included in @samp{-Wall}. For more control over some
1738 aspects of format checking, the options @samp{-Wno-format-y2k},
1739 @samp{-Wno-format-extra-args}, @samp{-Wformat-nonliteral},
1740 @samp{-Wformat-security} and @samp{-Wformat=2} are available, but are
1741 not included in @samp{-Wall}.
1743 @item -Wno-format-y2k
1744 If @samp{-Wformat} is specified, do not warn about @code{strftime}
1745 formats which may yield only a two-digit year.
1747 @item -Wno-format-extra-args
1748 If @samp{-Wformat} is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
1749 @code{printf} or @code{scanf} format function. The C standard specifies
1750 that such arguments are ignored.
1752 @item -Wformat-nonliteral
1753 If @samp{-Wformat} is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
1754 string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
1755 takes its format arguments as a @code{va_list}.
1757 @item -Wformat-security
1758 If @samp{-Wformat} is specified, also warn about uses of format
1759 functions that represent possible security problems. At present, this
1760 warns about calls to @code{printf} and @code{scanf} functions where the
1761 format string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
1762 as in @code{printf (foo);}. This may be a security hole if the format
1763 string came from untrusted input and contains @samp{%n}. (This is
1764 currently a subset of what @samp{-Wformat-nonliteral} warns about, but
1765 in future warnings may be added to @samp{-Wformat-security} that are not
1766 included in @samp{-Wformat-nonliteral}.)
1769 Enable @samp{-Wformat} plus format checks not included in
1770 @samp{-Wformat}. Currently equivalent to @samp{-Wformat
1771 -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security}.
1773 @item -Wimplicit-int
1774 Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.
1776 @item -Wimplicit-function-declaration
1777 @itemx -Werror-implicit-function-declaration
1778 Give a warning (or error) whenever a function is used before being
1782 Same as @samp{-Wimplicit-int} and @samp{-Wimplicit-function-}@*
1786 Warn if the type of @samp{main} is suspicious. @samp{main} should be a
1787 function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
1788 arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types.
1790 @item -Wmissing-braces
1791 Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In
1792 the following example, the initializer for @samp{a} is not fully
1793 bracketed, but that for @samp{b} is fully bracketed.
1796 int a[2][2] = @{ 0, 1, 2, 3 @};
1797 int b[2][2] = @{ @{ 0, 1 @}, @{ 2, 3 @} @};
1801 Warn if a multicharacter constant (@samp{'FOOF'}) is used. Usually they
1802 indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have implementation-defined
1803 values, and should not be used in portable code.
1806 Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such
1807 as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value
1808 is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
1809 often get confused about.
1811 Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
1812 @code{if} statement an @code{else} branch belongs. Here is an example of
1825 In C, every @code{else} branch belongs to the innermost possible @code{if}
1826 statement, which in this example is @code{if (b)}. This is often not
1827 what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above example by
1828 indentation the programmer chose. When there is the potential for this
1829 confusion, GNU C will issue a warning when this flag is specified.
1830 To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around the innermost
1831 @code{if} statement so there is no way the @code{else} could belong to
1832 the enclosing @code{if}. The resulting code would look like this:
1846 @item -Wsequence-point
1847 Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations
1848 of sequence point rules in the C standard.
1850 The C standard defines the order in which expressions in a C program are
1851 evaluated in terms of @dfn{sequence points}, which represent a partial
1852 ordering between the execution of parts of the program: those executed
1853 before the sequence point, and those executed after it. These occur
1854 after the evaluation of a full expression (one which is not part of a
1855 larger expression), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
1856 @code{&&}, @code{||}, @code{? :} or @code{,} (comma) operator, before a
1857 function is called (but after the evaluation of its arguments and the
1858 expression denoting the called function), and in certain other places.
1859 Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
1860 evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified. All
1861 these rules describe only a partial order rather than a total order,
1862 since, for example, if two functions are called within one expression
1863 with no sequence point between them, the order in which the functions
1864 are called is not specified. However, the standards committee have
1865 ruled that function calls do not overlap.
1867 It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to the
1868 values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends on this
1869 have undefined behavior; the C standard specifies that ``Between the
1870 previous and next sequence point an object shall have its stored value
1871 modified at most once by the evaluation of an expression. Furthermore,
1872 the prior value shall be read only to determine the value to be
1873 stored.''. If a program breaks these rules, the results on any
1874 particular implementation are entirely unpredictable.
1876 Examples of code with undefined behavior are @code{a = a++;}, @code{a[n]
1877 = b[n++]} and @code{a[i++] = i;}. Some more complicated cases are not
1878 diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false positive
1879 result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at detecting
1880 this sort of problem in programs.
1882 The present implementation of this option only works for C programs. A
1883 future implementation may also work for C++ programs.
1885 There is some controversy over the precise meaning of the sequence point
1886 rules in subtle cases. Alternative formal definitions may be found in
1887 Clive Feather's ``Annex S''
1888 @w{@uref{http://wwwold.dkuug.dk/JTC1/SC22/WG14/www/docs/n925.htm}} and in
1889 Michael Norrish's thesis
1890 @w{@uref{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mn200/PhD/thesis-report.ps.gz}}.
1891 Other discussions are by Raymond Mak
1892 @w{@uref{http://wwwold.dkuug.dk/JTC1/SC22/WG14/www/docs/n926.htm}} and
1894 @w{@uref{http://wwwold.dkuug.dk/JTC1/SC22/WG14/www/docs/n927.htm}}.
1897 Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults to
1898 @code{int}. Also warn about any @code{return} statement with no
1899 return-value in a function whose return-type is not @code{void}.
1901 For C++, a function without return type always produces a diagnostic
1902 message, even when @samp{-Wno-return-type} is specified. The only
1903 exceptions are @samp{main} and functions defined in system headers.
1906 Warn whenever a @code{switch} statement has an index of enumeral type
1907 and lacks a @code{case} for one or more of the named codes of that
1908 enumeration. (The presence of a @code{default} label prevents this
1909 warning.) @code{case} labels outside the enumeration range also
1910 provoke warnings when this option is used.
1913 Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of
1914 the program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about).
1916 @item -Wunused-function
1917 Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
1918 non\-inline static function is unused.
1920 @item -Wunused-label
1921 Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.
1923 To suppress this warning use the @samp{unused} attribute
1924 (@pxref{Variable Attributes}).
1926 @item -Wunused-parameter
1927 Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.
1929 To suppress this warning use the @samp{unused} attribute
1930 (@pxref{Variable Attributes}).
1932 @item -Wunused-variable
1933 Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused
1934 aside from its declaration
1936 To suppress this warning use the @samp{unused} attribute
1937 (@pxref{Variable Attributes}).
1939 @item -Wunused-value
1940 Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not used.
1942 To suppress this warning cast the expression to @samp{void}.
1945 All all the above @samp{-Wunused} options combined.
1947 In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must
1948 either specify @samp{-W -Wunused} or separately specify
1949 @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.
1951 @item -Wuninitialized
1952 Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized or
1953 if a variable may be clobbered by a @code{setjmp} call.
1955 These warnings are possible only in optimizing compilation,
1956 because they require data flow information that is computed only
1957 when optimizing. If you don't specify @samp{-O}, you simply won't
1960 These warnings occur only for variables that are candidates for
1961 register allocation. Therefore, they do not occur for a variable that
1962 is declared @code{volatile}, or whose address is taken, or whose size
1963 is other than 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes. Also, they do not occur for
1964 structures, unions or arrays, even when they are in registers.
1966 Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
1967 to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
1968 computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
1971 These warnings are made optional because GCC is not smart
1972 enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
1973 despite appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how
1992 If the value of @code{y} is always 1, 2 or 3, then @code{x} is
1993 always initialized, but GCC doesn't know this. Here is
1994 another common case:
1999 if (change_y) save_y = y, y = new_y;
2001 if (change_y) y = save_y;
2006 This has no bug because @code{save_y} is used only if it is set.
2008 @cindex @code{longjmp} warnings
2009 This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might be
2010 changed by a call to @code{longjmp}. These warnings as well are possible
2011 only in optimizing compilation.
2013 The compiler sees only the calls to @code{setjmp}. It cannot know
2014 where @code{longjmp} will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
2015 call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
2016 even when there is in fact no problem because @code{longjmp} cannot
2017 in fact be called at the place which would cause a problem.
2019 Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
2020 you use that never return as @code{noreturn}. @xref{Function
2023 @item -Wreorder (C++ only)
2024 @cindex reordering, warning
2025 @cindex warning for reordering of member initializers
2026 Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
2027 match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
2029 @item -Wunknown-pragmas
2030 @cindex warning for unknown pragmas
2031 @cindex unknown pragmas, warning
2032 @cindex pragmas, warning of unknown
2033 Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not understood by
2034 GCC. If this command line option is used, warnings will even be issued
2035 for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
2036 the warnings were only enabled by the @samp{-Wall} command line option.
2039 All of the above @samp{-W} options combined. This enables all the
2040 warnings about constructions that some users consider questionable, and
2041 that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in
2042 conjunction with macros.
2044 @item -Wsystem-headers
2045 @cindex warnings from system headers
2046 @cindex system headers, warnings from
2047 Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
2048 Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption
2049 that they usually do not indicate real problems and would only make the
2050 compiler output harder to read. Using this command line option tells
2051 GCC to emit warnings from system headers as if they occurred in user
2052 code. However, note that using @samp{-Wall} in conjunction with this
2053 option will @emph{not} warn about unknown pragmas in system
2054 headers---for that, @samp{-Wunknown-pragmas} must also be used.
2057 The following @samp{-W@dots{}} options are not implied by @samp{-Wall}.
2058 Some of them warn about constructions that users generally do not
2059 consider questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check
2060 for; others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid
2061 in some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress
2066 Print extra warning messages for these events:
2070 A function can return either with or without a value. (Falling
2071 off the end of the function body is considered returning without
2072 a value.) For example, this function would evoke such a
2086 An expression-statement or the left-hand side of a comma expression
2087 contains no side effects.
2088 To suppress the warning, cast the unused expression to void.
2089 For example, an expression such as @samp{x[i,j]} will cause a warning,
2090 but @samp{x[(void)i,j]} will not.
2093 An unsigned value is compared against zero with @samp{<} or @samp{<=}.
2096 A comparison like @samp{x<=y<=z} appears; this is equivalent to
2097 @samp{(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z}, which is a different interpretation from
2098 that of ordinary mathematical notation.
2101 Storage-class specifiers like @code{static} are not the first things in
2102 a declaration. According to the C Standard, this usage is obsolescent.
2105 The return type of a function has a type qualifier such as @code{const}.
2106 Such a type qualifier has no effect, since the value returned by a
2107 function is not an lvalue. (But don't warn about the GNU extension of
2108 @code{volatile void} return types. That extension will be warned about
2109 if @samp{-pedantic} is specified.)
2112 If @samp{-Wall} or @samp{-Wunused} is also specified, warn about unused
2116 A comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce an
2117 incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
2118 (But don't warn if @samp{-Wno-sign-compare} is also specified.)
2121 An aggregate has a partly bracketed initializer.
2122 For example, the following code would evoke such a warning,
2123 because braces are missing around the initializer for @code{x.h}:
2126 struct s @{ int f, g; @};
2127 struct t @{ struct s h; int i; @};
2128 struct t x = @{ 1, 2, 3 @};
2132 An aggregate has an initializer which does not initialize all members.
2133 For example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
2134 @code{x.h} would be implicitly initialized to zero:
2137 struct s @{ int f, g, h; @};
2138 struct s x = @{ 3, 4 @};
2143 Warn if floating point values are used in equality comparisons.
2145 The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the
2146 programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
2147 infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you need
2148 to compute (by analysing the code, or in some other way) the maximum or
2149 likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and allow for it
2150 when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that's a
2151 different problem). In particular, instead of testing for equality, you
2152 would check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and
2153 this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are
2156 @item -Wtraditional (C only)
2157 Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
2158 ISO C. Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C
2159 equivalent, and/or problematic constructs which should be avoided.
2163 Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the macro body.
2164 In traditional C macro replacement takes place within string literals,
2165 but does not in ISO C.
2168 In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.
2169 Traditional preprocessors would only consider a line to be a directive
2170 if the @samp{#} appeared in column 1 on the line. Therefore
2171 @samp{-Wtraditional} warns about directives that traditional C
2172 understands but would ignore because the @samp{#} does not appear as the
2173 first character on the line. It also suggests you hide directives like
2174 @samp{#pragma} not understood by traditional C by indenting them. Some
2175 traditional implementations would not recognise @samp{#elif}, so it
2176 suggests avoiding it altogether.
2179 A function-like macro that appears without arguments.
2182 The unary plus operator.
2185 The `U' integer constant suffix, or the `F' or `L' floating point
2186 constant suffixes. (Traditonal C does support the `L' suffix on integer
2187 constants.) Note, these suffixes appear in macros defined in the system
2188 headers of most modern systems, e.g. the _MIN/_MAX macros in limits.h.
2189 Use of these macros in user code might normally lead to spurious
2190 warnings, however gcc's integrated preprocessor has enough context to
2191 avoid warning in these cases.
2194 A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
2198 A @code{switch} statement has an operand of type @code{long}.
2201 A non-@code{static} function declaration follows a @code{static} one.
2202 This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
2205 The ISO type of an integer constant has a different width or
2206 signedness from its traditional type. This warning is only issued if
2207 the base of the constant is ten. I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which
2208 typically represent bit patterns, are not warned about.
2211 Usage of ISO string concatenation is detected.
2214 Initialization of automatic aggregates.
2217 Identifier conflicts with labels. Traditional C lacks a separate
2218 namespace for labels.
2221 Initialization of unions. If the initializer is zero, the warning is
2222 omitted. This is done under the assumption that the zero initializer in
2223 user code appears conditioned on e.g. @code{__STDC__} to avoid missing
2224 initializer warnings and relies on default initialization to zero in the
2228 Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating point values and vice
2229 versa. The absence of these prototypes when compiling with traditional
2230 C would cause serious problems. This is a subset of the possible
2231 conversion warnings, for the full set use @samp{-Wconversion}.
2235 Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an @samp{#if} directive.
2238 Warn whenever a local variable shadows another local variable, parameter or
2239 global variable or whenever a built-in function is shadowed.
2241 @item -Wid-clash-@var{len}
2242 Warn whenever two distinct identifiers match in the first @var{len}
2243 characters. This may help you prepare a program that will compile
2244 with certain obsolete, brain-damaged compilers.
2246 @item -Wlarger-than-@var{len}
2247 Warn whenever an object of larger than @var{len} bytes is defined.
2249 @item -Wpointer-arith
2250 Warn about anything that depends on the ``size of'' a function type or
2251 of @code{void}. GNU C assigns these types a size of 1, for
2252 convenience in calculations with @code{void *} pointers and pointers
2255 @item -Wbad-function-cast (C only)
2256 Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
2257 For example, warn if @code{int malloc()} is cast to @code{anything *}.
2260 Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
2261 the target type. For example, warn if a @code{const char *} is cast
2262 to an ordinary @code{char *}.
2265 Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
2266 target is increased. For example, warn if a @code{char *} is cast to
2267 an @code{int *} on machines where integers can only be accessed at
2268 two- or four-byte boundaries.
2270 @item -Wwrite-strings
2271 Give string constants the type @code{const char[@var{length}]} so that
2272 copying the address of one into a non-@code{const} @code{char *}
2273 pointer will get a warning. These warnings will help you find at
2274 compile time code that can try to write into a string constant, but
2275 only if you have been very careful about using @code{const} in
2276 declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it will just be a nuisance;
2277 this is why we did not make @samp{-Wall} request these warnings.
2280 Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
2281 would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
2282 includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
2283 conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed point argument
2284 except when the same as the default promotion.
2286 Also, warn if a negative integer constant expression is implicitly
2287 converted to an unsigned type. For example, warn about the assignment
2288 @code{x = -1} if @code{x} is unsigned. But do not warn about explicit
2289 casts like @code{(unsigned) -1}.
2291 @item -Wsign-compare
2292 @cindex warning for comparison of signed and unsigned values
2293 @cindex comparison of signed and unsigned values, warning
2294 @cindex signed and unsigned values, comparison warning
2295 Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
2296 an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
2297 This warning is also enabled by @samp{-W}; to get the other warnings
2298 of @samp{-W} without this warning, use @samp{-W -Wno-sign-compare}.
2300 @item -Waggregate-return
2301 Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
2302 called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits
2305 @item -Wstrict-prototypes (C only)
2306 Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
2307 argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without
2308 a warning if preceded by a declaration which specifies the argument
2311 @item -Wmissing-prototypes (C only)
2312 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
2313 declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
2314 provides a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that fail
2315 to be declared in header files.
2317 @item -Wmissing-declarations
2318 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.
2319 Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
2320 Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
2323 @item -Wmissing-noreturn
2324 Warn about functions which might be candidates for attribute @code{noreturn}.
2325 Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones. Care should
2326 be taken to manually verify functions actually do not ever return before
2327 adding the @code{noreturn} attribute, otherwise subtle code generation
2328 bugs could be introduced. You will not get a warning for @code{main} in
2329 hosted C environments.
2331 @item -Wmissing-format-attribute
2332 If @samp{-Wformat} is enabled, also warn about functions which might be
2333 candidates for @code{format} attributes. Note these are only possible
2334 candidates, not absolute ones. GCC will guess that @code{format}
2335 attributes might be appropriate for any function that calls a function
2336 like @code{vprintf} or @code{vscanf}, but this might not always be the
2337 case, and some functions for which @code{format} attributes are
2338 appropriate may not be detected. This option has no effect unless
2339 @samp{-Wformat} is enabled (possibly by @samp{-Wall}).
2342 Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
2343 attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
2344 Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For
2345 instance, in this code, the variable @code{f.x} in @code{struct bar}
2346 will be misaligned even though @code{struct bar} does not itself
2347 have the packed attribute:
2354 @} __attribute__((packed));
2363 Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element
2364 of the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this
2365 happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to
2366 reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.
2368 @item -Wredundant-decls
2369 Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
2370 cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
2372 @item -Wnested-externs (C only)
2373 Warn if an @code{extern} declaration is encountered within a function.
2375 @item -Wunreachable-code
2376 Warn if the compiler detects that code will never be executed.
2378 This option is intended to warn when the compiler detects that at
2379 least a whole line of source code will never be executed, because
2380 some condition is never satisfied or because it is after a
2381 procedure that never returns.
2383 It is possible for this option to produce a warning even though there
2384 are circumstances under which part of the affected line can be executed,
2385 so care should be taken when removing apparently-unreachable code.
2387 For instance, when a function is inlined, a warning may mean that the
2388 line is unreachable in only one inlined copy of the function.
2390 This option is not made part of @samp{-Wall} because in a debugging
2391 version of a program there is often substantial code which checks
2392 correct functioning of the program and is, hopefully, unreachable
2393 because the program does work. Another common use of unreachable
2394 code is to provide behaviour which is selectable at compile-time.
2397 Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was declared as inline.
2400 Warn if @samp{long long} type is used. This is default. To inhibit
2401 the warning messages, use @samp{-Wno-long-long}. Flags
2402 @samp{-Wlong-long} and @samp{-Wno-long-long} are taken into account
2403 only when @samp{-pedantic} flag is used.
2405 @item -Wdisabled-optimization
2406 Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does
2407 not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it
2408 merely indicates that GCC's optimizers were unable to handle the code
2409 effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too
2410 complex; GCC will refuse to optimize programs when the optimization
2411 itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.
2414 Make all warnings into errors.
2417 @node Debugging Options
2418 @section Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC
2419 @cindex options, debugging
2420 @cindex debugging information options
2422 GCC has various special options that are used for debugging
2423 either your program or GCC:
2427 Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
2428 (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF). GDB can work with this debugging
2431 On most systems that use stabs format, @samp{-g} enables use of extra
2432 debugging information that only GDB can use; this extra information
2433 makes debugging work better in GDB but will probably make other debuggers
2435 refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether
2436 to generate the extra information, use @samp{-gstabs+}, @samp{-gstabs},
2437 @samp{-gxcoff+}, @samp{-gxcoff}, @samp{-gdwarf-1+}, or @samp{-gdwarf-1}
2440 Unlike most other C compilers, GCC allows you to use @samp{-g} with
2441 @samp{-O}. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally
2442 produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist
2443 at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it;
2444 some statements may not be executed because they compute constant
2445 results or their values were already at hand; some statements may
2446 execute in different places because they were moved out of loops.
2448 Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes
2449 it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
2451 The following options are useful when GCC is generated with the
2452 capability for more than one debugging format.
2455 Produce debugging information for use by GDB. This means to use the
2456 most expressive format available (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native format
2457 if neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions if at all
2461 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
2462 without GDB extensions. This is the format used by DBX on most BSD
2463 systems. On MIPS, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
2464 produces stabs debugging output which is not understood by DBX or SDB.
2465 On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the GNU assembler.
2468 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
2469 using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The
2470 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
2471 refuse to read the program.
2474 Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that is supported).
2475 This is the format used by SDB on most System V systems prior to
2479 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported).
2480 This is the format used by the DBX debugger on IBM RS/6000 systems.
2483 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported),
2484 using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The
2485 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
2486 refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the GNU
2487 assembler (GAS) to fail with an error.
2490 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 format (if that is
2491 supported). This is the format used by SDB on most System V Release 4
2495 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 format (if that is
2496 supported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger
2497 (GDB). The use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers
2498 crash or refuse to read the program.
2501 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 2 format (if that is
2502 supported). This is the format used by DBX on IRIX 6.
2505 @itemx -ggdb@var{level}
2506 @itemx -gstabs@var{level}
2507 @itemx -gcoff@var{level}
2508 @itemx -gxcoff@var{level}
2509 @itemx -gdwarf@var{level}
2510 @itemx -gdwarf-2@var{level}
2511 Request debugging information and also use @var{level} to specify how
2512 much information. The default level is 2.
2514 Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in
2515 parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This includes
2516 descriptions of functions and external variables, but no information
2517 about local variables and no line numbers.
2519 Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions
2520 present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when
2525 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
2526 analysis program @code{prof}. You must use this option when compiling
2527 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
2530 @cindex @code{gprof}
2532 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
2533 analysis program @code{gprof}. You must use this option when compiling
2534 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
2539 Generate extra code to write profile information for basic blocks, which will
2540 record the number of times each basic block is executed, the basic block start
2541 address, and the function name containing the basic block. If @samp{-g} is
2542 used, the line number and filename of the start of the basic block will also be
2543 recorded. If not overridden by the machine description, the default action is
2544 to append to the text file @file{bb.out}.
2546 This data could be analyzed by a program like @code{tcov}. Note,
2547 however, that the format of the data is not what @code{tcov} expects.
2548 Eventually GNU @code{gprof} should be extended to process this data.
2551 Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
2552 print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
2555 Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each
2556 pass when it finishes.
2559 Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
2560 allocation when it finishes.
2563 Generate extra code to profile basic blocks. Your executable will
2564 produce output that is a superset of that produced when @samp{-a} is
2565 used. Additional output is the source and target address of the basic
2566 blocks where a jump takes place, the number of times a jump is executed,
2567 and (optionally) the complete sequence of basic blocks being executed.
2568 The output is appended to file @file{bb.out}.
2570 You can examine different profiling aspects without recompilation. Your
2571 executable will read a list of function names from file @file{bb.in}.
2572 Profiling starts when a function on the list is entered and stops when
2573 that invocation is exited. To exclude a function from profiling, prefix
2574 its name with `-'. If a function name is not unique, you can
2575 disambiguate it by writing it in the form
2576 @samp{/path/filename.d:functionname}. Your executable will write the
2577 available paths and filenames in file @file{bb.out}.
2579 Several function names have a special meaning:
2582 Write source, target and frequency of jumps to file @file{bb.out}.
2583 @item __bb_hidecall__
2584 Exclude function calls from frequency count.
2585 @item __bb_showret__
2586 Include function returns in frequency count.
2588 Write the sequence of basic blocks executed to file @file{bbtrace.gz}.
2589 The file will be compressed using the program @samp{gzip}, which must
2590 exist in your @env{PATH}. On systems without the @samp{popen}
2591 function, the file will be named @file{bbtrace} and will not be
2592 compressed. @strong{Profiling for even a few seconds on these systems
2593 will produce a very large file.} Note: @code{__bb_hidecall__} and
2594 @code{__bb_showret__} will not affect the sequence written to
2598 Here's a short example using different profiling parameters
2599 in file @file{bb.in}. Assume function @code{foo} consists of basic blocks
2600 1 and 2 and is called twice from block 3 of function @code{main}. After
2601 the calls, block 3 transfers control to block 4 of @code{main}.
2603 With @code{__bb_trace__} and @code{main} contained in file @file{bb.in},
2604 the following sequence of blocks is written to file @file{bbtrace.gz}:
2605 0 3 1 2 1 2 4. The return from block 2 to block 3 is not shown, because
2606 the return is to a point inside the block and not to the top. The
2607 block address 0 always indicates, that control is transferred
2608 to the trace from somewhere outside the observed functions. With
2609 @samp{-foo} added to @file{bb.in}, the blocks of function
2610 @code{foo} are removed from the trace, so only 0 3 4 remains.
2612 With @code{__bb_jumps__} and @code{main} contained in file @file{bb.in},
2613 jump frequencies will be written to file @file{bb.out}. The
2614 frequencies are obtained by constructing a trace of blocks
2615 and incrementing a counter for every neighbouring pair of blocks
2616 in the trace. The trace 0 3 1 2 1 2 4 displays the following
2620 Jump from block 0x0 to block 0x3 executed 1 time(s)
2621 Jump from block 0x3 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
2622 Jump from block 0x1 to block 0x2 executed 2 time(s)
2623 Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
2624 Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x4 executed 1 time(s)
2627 With @code{__bb_hidecall__}, control transfer due to call instructions
2628 is removed from the trace, that is the trace is cut into three parts: 0
2629 3 4, 0 1 2 and 0 1 2. With @code{__bb_showret__}, control transfer due
2630 to return instructions is added to the trace. The trace becomes: 0 3 1
2631 2 3 1 2 3 4. Note, that this trace is not the same, as the sequence
2632 written to @file{bbtrace.gz}. It is solely used for counting jump
2635 @item -fprofile-arcs
2636 Instrument @dfn{arcs} during compilation. For each function of your
2637 program, GCC creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree
2638 for the graph. Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be
2639 instrumented: the compiler adds code to count the number of times that these
2640 arcs are executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a
2641 block, the instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a
2642 new basic block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
2644 Since not every arc in the program must be instrumented, programs
2645 compiled with this option run faster than programs compiled with
2646 @samp{-a}, which adds instrumentation code to every basic block in the
2647 program. The tradeoff: since @code{gcov} does not have
2648 execution counts for all branches, it must start with the execution
2649 counts for the instrumented branches, and then iterate over the program
2650 flow graph until the entire graph has been solved. Hence, @code{gcov}
2651 runs a little more slowly than a program which uses information from
2654 @samp{-fprofile-arcs} also makes it possible to estimate branch
2655 probabilities, and to calculate basic block execution counts. In
2656 general, basic block execution counts do not give enough information to
2657 estimate all branch probabilities. When the compiled program exits, it
2658 saves the arc execution counts to a file called
2659 @file{@var{sourcename}.da}. Use the compiler option
2660 @samp{-fbranch-probabilities} (@pxref{Optimize Options,,Options that
2661 Control Optimization}) when recompiling, to optimize using estimated
2662 branch probabilities.
2665 @item -ftest-coverage
2666 Create data files for the @code{gcov} code-coverage utility
2667 (@pxref{Gcov,, @code{gcov}: a GCC Test Coverage Program}).
2668 The data file names begin with the name of your source file:
2671 @item @var{sourcename}.bb
2672 A mapping from basic blocks to line numbers, which @code{gcov} uses to
2673 associate basic block execution counts with line numbers.
2675 @item @var{sourcename}.bbg
2676 A list of all arcs in the program flow graph. This allows @code{gcov}
2677 to reconstruct the program flow graph, so that it can compute all basic
2678 block and arc execution counts from the information in the
2679 @code{@var{sourcename}.da} file (this last file is the output from
2680 @samp{-fprofile-arcs}).
2683 @item -d@var{letters}
2684 Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
2685 @var{letters}. This is used for debugging the compiler. The file names
2686 for most of the dumps are made by appending a pass number and a word to
2687 the source file name (e.g. @file{foo.c.00.rtl} or @file{foo.c.01.sibling}).
2688 Here are the possible letters for use in @var{letters}, and their meanings:
2692 Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
2694 Dump after computing branch probabilities, to @file{@var{file}.11.bp}.
2696 Dump after block reordering, to @file{@var{file}.26.bbro}.
2698 Dump after instruction combination, to the file @file{@var{file}.14.combine}.
2700 Dump after the first if conversion, to the file @file{@var{file}.15.ce}.
2702 Dump after delayed branch scheduling, to @file{@var{file}.29.dbr}.
2704 Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
2707 Dump after SSA optimizations, to @file{@var{file}.05.ssa} and
2708 @file{@var{file}.06.ussa}.
2710 Dump after the second if conversion, to @file{@var{file}.24.ce2}.
2712 Dump after life analysis, to @file{@var{file}.13.life}.
2714 Dump after purging @code{ADDRESSOF} codes, to @file{@var{file}.04.addressof}.
2716 Dump after global register allocation, to @file{@var{file}.19.greg}.
2718 Dump after post-reload CSE and other optimizations, to @file{@var{file}.20.postreload}.
2720 Dump after GCSE, to @file{@var{file}.08.gcse}.
2722 Dump after sibling call optimizations, to @file{@var{file}.01.sibling}.
2724 Dump after the first jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.02.jump}.
2726 Dump after the last jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.27.jump2}.
2728 Dump after conversion from registers to stack, to @file{@var{file}.29.stack}.
2730 Dump after local register allocation, to @file{@var{file}.18.lreg}.
2732 Dump after loop optimization, to @file{@var{file}.09.loop}.
2734 Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganisation pass, to
2735 @file{@var{file}.28.mach}.
2737 Dump after register renumbering, to @file{@var{file}.23.rnreg}.
2739 Dump after the register move pass, to @file{@var{file}.16.regmove}.
2741 Dump after RTL generation, to @file{@var{file}.00.rtl}.
2743 Dump after the second instruction scheduling pass, to
2744 @file{@var{file}.25.sched2}.
2746 Dump after CSE (including the jump optimization that sometimes follows
2747 CSE), to @file{@var{file}.03.cse}.
2749 Dump after the first instruction scheduling pass, to
2750 @file{@var{file}.17.sched}.
2752 Dump after the second CSE pass (including the jump optimization that
2753 sometimes follows CSE), to @file{@var{file}.10.cse2}.
2755 Dump after the second flow pass, to @file{@var{file}.21.flow2}.
2757 Dump after dead code elimination, to @file{@var{file}.06.dce}.
2759 Dump after the peephole pass, to @file{@var{file}.22.peephole2}.
2761 Produce all the dumps listed above.
2763 Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to
2766 Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
2767 pattern and alternative was used. The length of each instruction is
2770 Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction.
2771 Also turns on @samp{-dp} annotation.
2773 For each of the other indicated dump files (except for
2774 @file{@var{file}.00.rtl}), dump a representation of the control flow graph
2775 suitable for viewing with VCG to @file{@var{file}.@var{pass}.vcg}.
2777 Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
2780 Dump debugging information during parsing, to standard error.
2783 @item -fdump-unnumbered
2784 When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress instruction
2785 numbers and line number note output. This makes it more feasible to
2786 use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different
2787 options, in particular with and without -g.
2789 @item -fdump-translation-unit=@var{file} (C and C++ only)
2790 Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation
2793 @item -fdump-class_layout=@var{file} (C++ only)
2794 @item -fdump-class_layout (C++ only)
2795 Dump a representation of each class's heirarchy to @var{file}, or
2796 @code{stderr} if not specified.
2798 @item -fpretend-float
2799 When running a cross-compiler, pretend that the target machine uses the
2800 same floating point format as the host machine. This causes incorrect
2801 output of the actual floating constants, but the actual instruction
2802 sequence will probably be the same as GCC would make when running on
2806 Store the usual ``temporary'' intermediate files permanently; place them
2807 in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus,
2808 compiling @file{foo.c} with @samp{-c -save-temps} would produce files
2809 @file{foo.i} and @file{foo.s}, as well as @file{foo.o}. This creates a
2810 preprocessed @file{foo.i} output file even though the compiler now
2811 normally uses an integrated preprocessor.
2814 Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the compilation
2815 sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler
2816 (plus the linker if linking is done). The output looks like this:
2823 The first number on each line is the ``user time,'' that is time spent
2824 executing the program itself. The second number is ``system time,''
2825 time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of the program.
2826 Both numbers are in seconds.
2828 @item -print-file-name=@var{library}
2829 Print the full absolute name of the library file @var{library} that
2830 would be used when linking---and don't do anything else. With this
2831 option, GCC does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
2834 @item -print-prog-name=@var{program}
2835 Like @samp{-print-file-name}, but searches for a program such as @samp{cpp}.
2837 @item -print-libgcc-file-name
2838 Same as @samp{-print-file-name=libgcc.a}.
2840 This is useful when you use @samp{-nostdlib} or @samp{-nodefaultlibs}
2841 but you do want to link with @file{libgcc.a}. You can do
2844 gcc -nostdlib @var{files}@dots{} `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`
2847 @item -print-search-dirs
2848 Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
2849 program and library directories gcc will search---and don't do anything else.
2851 This is useful when gcc prints the error message
2852 @samp{installation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory}.
2853 To resolve this you either need to put @file{cpp0} and the other compiler
2854 components where gcc expects to find them, or you can set the environment
2855 variable @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} to the directory where you installed them.
2856 Don't forget the trailing '/'.
2857 @xref{Environment Variables}.
2860 Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
2861 @samp{i686-pc-linux-gnu})---and don't do anything else.
2864 Print the compiler version (for example, @samp{3.0})---and don't do
2868 Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do anything else. (This
2869 is used when GCC itself is being built.) @xref{Spec Files}.
2872 @node Optimize Options
2873 @section Options That Control Optimization
2874 @cindex optimize options
2875 @cindex options, optimization
2877 These options control various sorts of optimizations:
2882 Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot
2883 more memory for a large function.
2885 Without @samp{-O}, the compiler's goal is to reduce the cost of
2886 compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
2887 Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint
2888 between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
2889 change the program counter to any other statement in the function and
2890 get exactly the results you would expect from the source code.
2892 Without @samp{-O}, the compiler only allocates variables declared
2893 @code{register} in registers. The resulting compiled code is a little
2894 worse than produced by PCC without @samp{-O}.
2896 With @samp{-O}, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution
2899 When you specify @samp{-O}, the compiler turns on @samp{-fthread-jumps}
2900 and @samp{-fdefer-pop} on all machines. The compiler turns on
2901 @samp{-fdelayed-branch} on machines that have delay slots, and
2902 @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} on machines that can support debugging even
2903 without a frame pointer. On some machines the compiler also turns
2904 on other flags.@refill
2907 Optimize even more. GCC performs nearly all supported optimizations
2908 that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. The compiler does not
2909 perform loop unrolling or function inlining when you specify @samp{-O2}.
2910 As compared to @samp{-O}, this option increases both compilation time
2911 and the performance of the generated code.
2913 @samp{-O2} turns on all optional optimizations except for loop unrolling,
2914 function inlining, and register renaming. It also turns on the
2915 @samp{-fforce-mem} option on all machines and frame pointer elimination
2916 on machines where doing so does not interfere with debugging.
2919 Optimize yet more. @samp{-O3} turns on all optimizations specified by
2920 @samp{-O2} and also turns on the @samp{-finline-functions} and
2921 @samp{-frename-registers} options.
2927 Optimize for size. @samp{-Os} enables all @samp{-O2} optimizations that
2928 do not typically increase code size. It also performs further
2929 optimizations designed to reduce code size.
2931 If you use multiple @samp{-O} options, with or without level numbers,
2932 the last such option is the one that is effective.
2935 Options of the form @samp{-f@var{flag}} specify machine-independent
2936 flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative
2937 form of @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. In the table below,
2938 only one of the forms is listed---the one which is not the default.
2939 You can figure out the other form by either removing @samp{no-} or
2944 Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit other
2945 options that might change whether a floating point value is taken from a
2948 @cindex floating point precision
2949 This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
2950 the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
2951 precision than a @code{double} is supposed to have. Similarly for the
2952 x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
2953 good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of IEEE floating
2954 point. Use @samp{-ffloat-store} for such programs, after modifying
2955 them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
2957 @item -fno-default-inline
2958 Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
2959 defined inside the class scope (C++ only). Otherwise, when you specify
2960 @w{@samp{-O}}, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled
2961 inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add @samp{inline} in front of
2962 the member function name.
2964 @item -fno-defer-pop
2965 Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
2966 returns. For machines which must pop arguments after a function call,
2967 the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
2968 function calls and pops them all at once.
2971 Force memory operands to be copied into registers before doing
2972 arithmetic on them. This produces better code by making all memory
2973 references potential common subexpressions. When they are not common
2974 subexpressions, instruction combination should eliminate the separate
2975 register-load. The @samp{-O2} option turns on this option.
2978 Force memory address constants to be copied into registers before
2979 doing arithmetic on them. This may produce better code just as
2980 @samp{-fforce-mem} may.
2982 @item -fomit-frame-pointer
2983 Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that
2984 don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and
2985 restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available
2986 in many functions. @strong{It also makes debugging impossible on
2990 On some machines, such as the Vax, this flag has no effect, because
2991 the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
2992 and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
2993 machine-description macro @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} controls
2994 whether a target machine supports this flag. @xref{Registers}.@refill
2997 On some machines, such as the Vax, this flag has no effect, because
2998 the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
2999 and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
3000 machine-description macro @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} controls
3001 whether a target machine supports this flag. @xref{Registers,,Register
3002 Usage, gcc.info, Using and Porting GCC}.@refill
3005 @item -foptimize-sibling-calls
3006 Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
3009 This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction,
3010 multiplication operations.
3013 Don't pay attention to the @code{inline} keyword. Normally this option
3014 is used to keep the compiler from expanding any functions inline.
3015 Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions can be expanded inline.
3017 @item -finline-functions
3018 Integrate all simple functions into their callers. The compiler
3019 heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
3020 integrating in this way.
3022 If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
3023 declared @code{static}, then the function is normally not output as
3024 assembler code in its own right.
3026 @item -finline-limit=@var{n}
3027 By default, gcc limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag
3028 allows the control of this limit for functions that are explicitly marked as
3029 inline (ie marked with the inline keyword or defined within the class
3030 definition in c++). @var{n} is the size of functions that can be inlined in
3031 number of pseudo instructions (not counting parameter handling). The default
3032 value of n is 10000. Increasing this value can result in more inlined code at
3033 the cost of compilation time and memory consumption. Decreasing usually makes
3034 the compilation faster and less code will be inlined (which presumably
3035 means slower programs). This option is particularly useful for programs that
3036 use inlining heavily such as those based on recursive templates with c++.
3038 @emph{Note:} pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
3039 abstract measurement of function's size. In no way, it represents a count
3040 of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one
3041 release to an another.
3043 @item -fkeep-inline-functions
3044 Even if all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function
3045 is declared @code{static}, nevertheless output a separate run-time
3046 callable version of the function. This switch does not affect
3047 @code{extern inline} functions.
3049 @item -fkeep-static-consts
3050 Emit variables declared @code{static const} when optimization isn't turned
3051 on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
3053 GCC enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to
3054 check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether or not
3055 optimization is turned on, use the @samp{-fno-keep-static-consts} option.
3057 @item -fno-function-cse
3058 Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
3059 calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
3061 This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
3062 that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations
3063 performed when this option is not used.
3066 Sets @samp{-fno-math-errno}, @samp{-funsafe-math-optimizations},
3067 and @samp{-fno-trapping-math}.
3069 This option causes the preprocessor macro __FAST_MATH__ to be defined.
3071 This option should never be turned on by any @samp{-O} option since
3072 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
3073 an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for
3076 @item -fno-math-errno
3077 Do not set ERRNO after calling math functions that are executed
3078 with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt. A program that relies on
3079 IEEE exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
3080 for speed while maintaining IEEE arithmetic compatibility.
3082 This option should never be turned on by any @samp{-O} option since
3083 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
3084 an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for
3087 The default is @samp{-fmath-errno}. The @samp{-ffast-math} option
3088 sets @samp{-fno-math-errno}.
3090 @item -funsafe-math-optimizations
3091 Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume
3092 that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate IEEE or
3095 This option should never be turned on by any @samp{-O} option since
3096 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
3097 an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for
3100 The default is @samp{-fno-unsafe-math-optimizations}. The
3101 @samp{-ffast-math} option sets @samp{-funsafe-math-optimizations}.
3103 @item -fno-trapping-math
3104 Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate
3105 user-visible traps. Setting this option may allow faster code
3106 if one relies on ``non-stop'' IEEE arithmetic, for example.
3108 This option should never be turned on by any @samp{-O} option since
3109 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
3110 an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for
3113 The default is @samp{-ftrapping-math}. The @samp{-ffast-math}
3114 option sets @samp{-fno-trapping-math}.
3117 @c following causes underfulls.. they don't look great, but we deal.
3119 The following options control specific optimizations. The @samp{-O2}
3120 option turns on all of these optimizations except @samp{-funroll-loops}
3121 and @samp{-funroll-all-loops}. On most machines, the @samp{-O} option
3122 turns on the @samp{-fthread-jumps} and @samp{-fdelayed-branch} options,
3123 but specific machines may handle it differently.
3125 You can use the following flags in the rare cases when ``fine-tuning''
3126 of optimizations to be performed is desired.
3129 @item -fstrength-reduce
3130 Perform the optimizations of loop strength reduction and
3131 elimination of iteration variables.
3133 @item -fthread-jumps
3134 Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
3135 location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If
3136 so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the
3137 second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
3138 the condition is known to be true or false.
3140 @item -fcse-follow-jumps
3141 In common subexpression elimination, scan through jump instructions
3142 when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
3143 example, when CSE encounters an @code{if} statement with an
3144 @code{else} clause, CSE will follow the jump when the condition
3147 @item -fcse-skip-blocks
3148 This is similar to @samp{-fcse-follow-jumps}, but causes CSE to
3149 follow jumps which conditionally skip over blocks. When CSE
3150 encounters a simple @code{if} statement with no else clause,
3151 @samp{-fcse-skip-blocks} causes CSE to follow the jump around the
3152 body of the @code{if}.
3154 @item -frerun-cse-after-loop
3155 Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
3158 @item -frerun-loop-opt
3159 Run the loop optimizer twice.
3162 Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.
3163 This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
3166 When -fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination will
3167 attempt to move loads which are only killed by stores into themselves. This
3168 allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to be changed to a load outside
3169 the loop, and a copy/store within the loop.
3172 When -fgcse-sm is enabled, A store motion pass is run after global common
3173 subexpression elimination. This pass will attempt to move stores out of loops.
3174 When used in conjunction with -fgcse-lm, loops containing a load/store sequence
3175 can be changed to a load before the loop and a store after the loop.
3177 @item -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
3178 Use global dataflow analysis to identify and eliminate useless null
3179 pointer checks. Programs which rely on NULL pointer dereferences @emph{not}
3180 halting the program may not work properly with this option. Use
3181 -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimizing for programs
3182 which depend on that behavior.
3184 @item -fexpensive-optimizations
3185 Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
3187 @item -foptimize-register-move
3189 Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
3190 operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of
3191 register tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
3192 instructions. GCC enables this optimization by default with @samp{-O2}
3195 Note @option{-fregmove} and @option{-foptimize-register-move} are the same
3198 @item -fdelayed-branch
3199 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions
3200 to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
3203 @item -fschedule-insns
3204 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
3205 eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
3206 helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
3207 by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
3208 or floating point instruction is required.
3210 @item -fschedule-insns2
3211 Similar to @samp{-fschedule-insns}, but requests an additional pass of
3212 instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
3213 especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of
3214 registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
3216 @item -ffunction-sections
3217 @itemx -fdata-sections
3218 Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
3219 file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
3220 function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
3223 Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations
3224 to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. HPPA
3225 processors running HP-UX and Sparc processors running Solaris 2 have
3226 linkers with such optimizations. Other systems using the ELF object format
3227 as well as AIX may have these optimizations in the future.
3229 Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
3230 so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker will
3231 create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
3232 You will not be able to use @code{gprof} on all systems if you
3233 specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if
3234 you specify both this option and @samp{-g}.
3236 @item -fcaller-saves
3237 Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
3238 function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
3239 registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it
3240 seems to result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
3242 This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually
3243 those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
3245 For all machines, optimization level 2 and higher enables this flag by
3248 @item -funroll-loops
3249 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is only done for loops
3250 whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or run time.
3251 @samp{-funroll-loops} implies both @samp{-fstrength-reduce} and
3252 @samp{-frerun-cse-after-loop}.
3254 @item -funroll-all-loops
3255 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is done for all loops
3256 and usually makes programs run more slowly. @samp{-funroll-all-loops}
3257 implies @samp{-fstrength-reduce} as well as @samp{-frerun-cse-after-loop}.
3259 @item -fmove-all-movables
3260 Forces all invariant computations in loops to be moved
3263 @item -freduce-all-givs
3264 Forces all general-induction variables in loops to be
3267 @emph{Note:} When compiling programs written in Fortran,
3268 @samp{-fmove-all-movables} and @samp{-freduce-all-givs} are enabled
3269 by default when you use the optimizer.
3271 These options may generate better or worse code; results are highly
3272 dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
3274 These two options are intended to be removed someday, once
3275 they have helped determine the efficacy of various
3276 approaches to improving loop optimizations.
3278 Please let us (@w{@email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}} and @w{@email{fortran@@gnu.org}})
3279 know how use of these options affects
3280 the performance of your production code.
3281 We're very interested in code that runs @emph{slower}
3282 when these options are @emph{enabled}.
3285 Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations.
3287 @item -fbranch-probabilities
3288 After running a program compiled with @samp{-fprofile-arcs}
3289 (@pxref{Debugging Options,, Options for Debugging Your Program or
3290 @command{gcc}}), you can compile it a second time using
3291 @samp{-fbranch-probabilities}, to improve optimizations based on
3292 guessing the path a branch might take.
3295 With @samp{-fbranch-probabilities}, GCC puts a @samp{REG_EXEC_COUNT}
3296 note on the first instruction of each basic block, and a
3297 @samp{REG_BR_PROB} note on each @samp{JUMP_INSN} and @samp{CALL_INSN}.
3298 These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only
3299 used in one place: in @file{reorg.c}, instead of guessing which path a
3300 branch is mostly to take, the @samp{REG_BR_PROB} values are used to
3301 exactly determine which path is taken more often.
3304 @item -fno-guess-branch-probability
3305 Sometimes gcc will opt to guess branch probabilities when none are
3306 available from either profile directed feedback (@samp{-fprofile-arcs})
3307 or @samp{__builtin_expect}. In a hard real-time system, people don't
3308 want different runs of the compiler to produce code that has different
3309 behavior; minimizing non-determinism is of paramount import. This
3310 switch allows users to reduce non-determinism, possibly at the expense
3311 of inferior optimization.
3313 @item -fstrict-aliasing
3314 Allows the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
3315 the language being compiled. For C (and C++), this activates
3316 optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
3317 object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
3318 object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
3319 example, an @code{unsigned int} can alias an @code{int}, but not a
3320 @code{void*} or a @code{double}. A character type may alias any other
3323 Pay special attention to code like this:
3336 The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most
3337 recently written to (called ``type-punning'') is common. Even with
3338 @samp{-fstrict-aliasing}, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory
3339 is accessed through the union type. So, the code above will work as
3340 expected. However, this code might not:
3352 Every language that wishes to perform language-specific alias analysis
3353 should define a function that computes, given an @code{tree}
3354 node, an alias set for the node. Nodes in different alias sets are not
3355 allowed to alias. For an example, see the C front-end function
3356 @code{c_get_alias_set}.
3359 @item -falign-functions
3360 @itemx -falign-functions=@var{n}
3361 Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
3362 @var{n}, skipping up to @var{n} bytes. For instance,
3363 @samp{-falign-functions=32} aligns functions to the next 32-byte
3364 boundary, but @samp{-falign-functions=24} would align to the next
3365 32-byte boundary only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.
3367 @samp{-fno-align-functions} and @samp{-falign-functions=1} are
3368 equivalent and mean that functions will not be aligned.
3370 Some assemblers only support this flag when @var{n} is a power of two;
3371 in that case, it is rounded up.
3373 If @var{n} is not specified, use a machine-dependent default.
3375 @item -falign-labels
3376 @itemx -falign-labels=@var{n}
3377 Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
3378 @var{n} bytes like @samp{-falign-functions}. This option can easily
3379 make code slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the
3380 branch target is reached in the usual flow of the code.
3382 If @samp{-falign-loops} or @samp{-falign-jumps} are applicable and
3383 are greater than this value, then their values are used instead.
3385 If @var{n} is not specified, use a machine-dependent default which is
3386 very likely to be @samp{1}, meaning no alignment.
3389 @itemx -falign-loops=@var{n}
3390 Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to @var{n} bytes
3391 like @samp{-falign-functions}. The hope is that the loop will be
3392 executed many times, which will make up for any execution of the dummy
3395 If @var{n} is not specified, use a machine-dependent default.
3398 @itemx -falign-jumps=@var{n}
3399 Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets
3400 where the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to @var{n}
3401 bytes like @samp{-falign-functions}. In this case, no dummy operations
3404 If @var{n} is not specified, use a machine-dependent default.
3407 Perform optimizations in static single assignment form. Each function's
3408 flow graph is translated into SSA form, optimizations are performed, and
3409 the flow graph is translated back from SSA form. User's should not
3410 specify this option, since it is not yet ready for production use.
3413 Perform dead-code elimination in SSA form. Requires @samp{-fssa}. Like
3414 @samp{-fssa}, this is an experimental feature.
3416 @item -fsingle-precision-constant
3417 Treat floating point constant as single precision constant instead of
3418 implicitly converting it to double precision constant.
3420 @item -frename-registers
3421 Attempt to avoid false dependancies in scheduled code by making use
3422 of registers left over after register allocation. This optimization
3423 will most benefit processors with lots of registers. It can, however,
3424 make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in
3425 a ``home register''.
3427 @item --param @var{name}=@var{value}
3428 In some places, GCC uses various constants to control the amount of
3429 optimization that is done. For example, GCC will not inline functions
3430 that contain more that a certain number of instructions. You can
3431 control some of these constants on the command-line using the
3432 @samp{--param} option.
3434 In each case, the @var{value} is a integer. The allowable choices for
3435 @var{name} are given in the following table:
3438 @item max-delay-slot-insn-search
3439 The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for an
3440 instruction to fill a delay slot. If more than this arbitrary number of
3441 instructions is searched, the time savings from filling the delay slot
3442 will be minimal so stop searching. Increasing values mean more
3443 aggressive optimization, making the compile time increase with probably
3444 small improvement in executable run time.
3446 @item max-delay-slot-live-search
3447 When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instructions to
3448 consider when searching for a block with valid live register
3449 information. Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value means more
3450 aggressive optimization, increasing the compile time. This parameter
3451 should be removed when the delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the
3454 @item max-gcse-memory
3455 The approximate maximum amount of memory that will be allocated in
3456 order to perform the global common subexpression elimination
3457 optimization. If more memory than specified is required, the
3458 optimization will not be done.
3460 @item max-inline-insns
3461 If an function contains more than this many instructions, it
3462 will not be inlined. This option is precisely equivalent to
3463 @samp{-finline-limit}.
3468 @node Preprocessor Options
3469 @section Options Controlling the Preprocessor
3470 @cindex preprocessor options
3471 @cindex options, preprocessor
3473 These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
3474 file before actual compilation.
3476 If you use the @samp{-E} option, nothing is done except preprocessing.
3477 Some of these options make sense only together with @samp{-E} because
3478 they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
3482 @item -include @var{file}
3483 Process @var{file} as input before processing the regular input file.
3484 In effect, the contents of @var{file} are compiled first. Any @samp{-D}
3485 and @samp{-U} options on the command line are always processed before
3486 @samp{-include @var{file}}, regardless of the order in which they are
3487 written. All the @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros} options are
3488 processed in the order in which they are written.
3490 @item -imacros @var{file}
3491 Process @var{file} as input, discarding the resulting output, before
3492 processing the regular input file. Because the output generated from
3493 @var{file} is discarded, the only effect of @samp{-imacros @var{file}}
3494 is to make the macros defined in @var{file} available for use in the
3495 main input. All the @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros} options are
3496 processed in the order in which they are written.
3498 @item -idirafter @var{dir}
3499 @cindex second include path
3500 Add the directory @var{dir} to the second include path. The directories
3501 on the second include path are searched when a header file is not found
3502 in any of the directories in the main include path (the one that
3505 @item -iprefix @var{prefix}
3506 Specify @var{prefix} as the prefix for subsequent @samp{-iwithprefix}
3509 @item -iwithprefix @var{dir}
3510 Add a directory to the second include path. The directory's name is
3511 made by concatenating @var{prefix} and @var{dir}, where @var{prefix} was
3512 specified previously with @samp{-iprefix}. If you have not specified a
3513 prefix yet, the directory containing the installed passes of the
3514 compiler is used as the default.
3516 @item -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir}
3517 Add a directory to the main include path. The directory's name is made
3518 by concatenating @var{prefix} and @var{dir}, as in the case of
3519 @samp{-iwithprefix}.
3521 @item -isystem @var{dir}
3522 Add a directory to the beginning of the second include path, marking it
3523 as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
3524 is applied to the standard system directories.
3527 Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only
3528 the directories you have specified with @samp{-I} options (and the
3529 current directory, if appropriate) are searched. @xref{Directory
3530 Options}, for information on @samp{-I}.
3532 By using both @samp{-nostdinc} and @samp{-I-}, you can limit the include-file
3533 search path to only those directories you specify explicitly.
3537 When searching for a header file in a directory, remap file names if a
3538 file named @file{header.gcc} exists in that directory. This can be used
3539 to work around limitations of file systems with file name restrictions.
3540 The @file{header.gcc} file should contain a series of lines with two
3541 tokens on each line: the first token is the name to map, and the second
3542 token is the actual name to use.
3545 Do not predefine any nonstandard macros. (Including architecture flags).
3548 Run only the C preprocessor. Preprocess all the C source files
3549 specified and output the results to standard output or to the
3550 specified output file.
3553 Tell the preprocessor not to discard comments. Used with the
3557 Tell the preprocessor not to generate @samp{#line} directives.
3558 Used with the @samp{-E} option.
3561 @cindex dependencies, make
3564 Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
3565 suitable for @code{make} describing the dependencies of the main source
3566 file. The preprocessor outputs one @code{make} rule containing the
3567 object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all the
3568 included files. Unless overridden explicitly, the object file name
3569 consists of the basename of the source file with any suffix replaced with
3570 object file suffix. If there are many included files then the
3571 rule is split into several lines using @samp{\}-newline.
3573 @samp{-M} implies @samp{-E}.
3577 Like @samp{-M}, but mention only the files included with @samp{#include
3578 "@var{file}"}. System header files included with @samp{#include
3579 <@var{file}>} are omitted.
3583 Like @samp{-M} but the dependency information is written to a file
3584 rather than stdout. @code{gcc} will use the same file name and
3585 directory as the object file, but with the suffix ".d" instead.
3587 This is in addition to compiling the main file as specified ---
3588 @samp{-MD} does not inhibit ordinary compilation the way @samp{-M} does,
3589 unless you also specify @samp{-MG}.
3591 With Mach, you can use the utility @code{md} to merge multiple
3592 dependency files into a single dependency file suitable for using with
3593 the @samp{make} command.
3597 Like @samp{-MD} except mention only user header files, not system
3600 @item -MF @var{file}
3602 When used with @samp{-M} or @samp{-MM}, specifies a file to write the
3603 dependencies to. This allows the preprocessor to write the preprocessed
3604 file to stdout normally. If no @samp{-MF} switch is given, CPP sends
3605 the rules to stdout and suppresses normal preprocessed output.
3607 Another way to specify output of a @code{make} rule is by setting
3608 the environment variable @env{DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT} (@pxref{Environment
3613 When used with @samp{-M} or @samp{-MM}, @samp{-MG} says to treat missing
3614 header files as generated files and assume they live in the same
3615 directory as the source file. It suppresses preprocessed output, as a
3616 missing header file is ordinarily an error.
3618 This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
3622 This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for each dependency
3623 other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
3624 dummy rules work around errors @code{make} gives if you remove header
3625 files without updating the @code{Makefile} to match.
3627 This is typical output:-
3630 /tmp/test.o: /tmp/test.c /tmp/test.h
3635 @item -MQ @var{target}
3636 @item -MT @var{target}
3639 By default CPP uses the main file name, including any path, and appends
3640 the object suffix, normally ``.o'', to it to obtain the name of the
3641 target for dependency generation. With @samp{-MT} you can specify a
3642 target yourself, overriding the default one.
3644 If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single argument
3645 to @samp{-MT}, or use multiple @samp{-MT} options.
3647 The targets you specify are output in the order they appear on the
3648 command line. @samp{-MQ} is identical to @samp{-MT}, except that the
3649 target name is quoted for Make, but with @samp{-MT} it isn't. For
3650 example, -MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
3653 $(objpfx)foo.o: /tmp/foo.c
3656 but -MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
3659 $$(objpfx)foo.o: /tmp/foo.c
3662 The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with
3666 Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
3669 @item -A@var{question}(@var{answer})
3670 Assert the answer @var{answer} for @var{question}, in case it is tested
3671 with a preprocessing conditional such as @samp{#if
3672 #@var{question}(@var{answer})}. @samp{-A-} disables the standard
3673 assertions that normally describe the target machine.
3676 Define macro @var{macro} with the string @samp{1} as its definition.
3678 @item -D@var{macro}=@var{defn}
3679 Define macro @var{macro} as @var{defn}. All instances of @samp{-D} on
3680 the command line are processed before any @samp{-U} options.
3682 Any @samp{-D} and @samp{-U} options on the command line are processed in
3683 order, and always before @samp{-imacros @var{file}}, regardless of the
3684 order in which they are written.
3687 Undefine macro @var{macro}. @samp{-U} options are evaluated after all
3688 @samp{-D} options, but before any @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros}
3691 Any @samp{-D} and @samp{-U} options on the command line are processed in
3692 order, and always before @samp{-imacros @var{file}}, regardless of the
3693 order in which they are written.
3696 Tell the preprocessor to output only a list of the macro definitions
3697 that are in effect at the end of preprocessing. Used with the @samp{-E}
3701 Tell the preprocessing to pass all macro definitions into the output, in
3702 their proper sequence in the rest of the output.
3705 Like @samp{-dD} except that the macro arguments and contents are omitted.
3706 Only @samp{#define @var{name}} is included in the output.
3710 Output @samp{#include} directives in addition to the result of
3715 Process ISO standard trigraph sequences. These are three-character
3716 sequences, all starting with @samp{??}, that are defined by ISO C to
3717 stand for single characters. For example, @samp{??/} stands for
3718 @samp{\}, so @samp{'??/n'} is a character constant for a newline. By
3719 default, GCC ignores trigraphs, but in standard-conforming modes it
3720 converts them. See the @samp{-std} and @samp{-ansi} options.
3722 The nine trigraph sequences are
3753 Trigraph support is not popular, so many compilers do not implement it
3754 properly. Portable code should not rely on trigraphs being either
3755 converted or ignored.
3757 @item -Wp\,@var{option}
3758 Pass @var{option} as an option to the preprocessor. If @var{option}
3759 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
3762 @node Assembler Options
3763 @section Passing Options to the Assembler
3765 @c prevent bad page break with this line
3766 You can pass options to the assembler.
3769 @item -Wa\,@var{option}
3770 Pass @var{option} as an option to the assembler. If @var{option}
3771 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
3775 @section Options for Linking
3776 @cindex link options
3777 @cindex options, linking
3779 These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
3780 an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is
3781 not doing a link step.
3785 @item @var{object-file-name}
3786 A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
3787 considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
3788 distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
3789 contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input
3795 If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
3796 object file names should not be used as arguments. @xref{Overall
3800 @item -l@var{library}
3801 @itemx -l @var{library}
3802 Search the library named @var{library} when linking. (The second
3803 alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for
3804 POSIX compliance and is not recommended.)
3806 It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the
3807 linker searches and processes libraries and object files in the order they
3808 are specified. Thus, @samp{foo.o -lz bar.o} searches library @samp{z}
3809 after file @file{foo.o} but before @file{bar.o}. If @file{bar.o} refers
3810 to functions in @samp{z}, those functions may not be loaded.
3812 The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
3813 which is actually a file named @file{lib@var{library}.a}. The linker
3814 then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
3816 The directories searched include several standard system directories
3817 plus any that you specify with @samp{-L}.
3819 Normally the files found this way are library files---archive files
3820 whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by
3821 scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
3822 been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
3823 ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
3824 difference between using an @samp{-l} option and specifying a file name
3825 is that @samp{-l} surrounds @var{library} with @samp{lib} and @samp{.a}
3826 and searches several directories.
3829 You need this special case of the @samp{-l} option in order to
3830 link an Objective C program.
3833 Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.
3834 The standard system libraries are used normally, unless @option{-nostdlib}
3835 or @option{-nodefaultlibs} is used.
3837 @item -nodefaultlibs
3838 Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
3839 Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the linker.
3840 The standard startup files are used normally, unless @option{-nostartfiles}
3841 is used. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
3842 for System V (and ISO C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
3843 BSD environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
3844 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
3845 mechanism when this option is specified.
3848 Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
3849 No startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to
3850 the linker. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
3851 for System V (and ISO C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
3852 BSD environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
3853 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
3854 mechanism when this option is specified.
3856 @cindex @code{-lgcc}, use with @code{-nostdlib}
3857 @cindex @code{-nostdlib} and unresolved references
3858 @cindex unresolved references and @code{-nostdlib}
3859 @cindex @code{-lgcc}, use with @code{-nodefaultlibs}
3860 @cindex @code{-nodefaultlibs} and unresolved references
3861 @cindex unresolved references and @code{-nodefaultlibs}
3862 One of the standard libraries bypassed by @samp{-nostdlib} and
3863 @samp{-nodefaultlibs} is @file{libgcc.a}, a library of internal subroutines
3864 that GCC uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
3865 needs for some languages.
3867 (@xref{Interface,,Interfacing to GCC Output}, for more discussion of
3871 (@xref{Interface,,Interfacing to GCC Output,gcc.info,Porting GCC},
3872 for more discussion of @file{libgcc.a}.)
3874 In most cases, you need @file{libgcc.a} even when you want to avoid
3875 other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify @samp{-nostdlib}
3876 or @samp{-nodefaultlibs} you should usually specify @samp{-lgcc} as well.
3877 This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal GCC
3878 library subroutines. (For example, @samp{__main}, used to ensure C++
3879 constructors will be called; @pxref{Collect2,,@command{collect2}}.)
3882 Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
3885 On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
3886 libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
3889 Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
3890 form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable
3891 results, you must also specify the same set of options that were used to
3892 generate code (@samp{-fpic}, @samp{-fPIC}, or model suboptions)
3893 when you specify this option.@footnote{On some systems, @samp{gcc -shared}
3894 needs to build supplementary stub code for constructors to work. On
3895 multi-libbed systems, @samp{gcc -shared} must select the correct support
3896 libraries to link against. Failing to supply the correct flags may lead
3897 to subtle defects. Supplying them in cases where they are not necessary
3900 @item -shared-libgcc
3901 @itemx -static-libgcc
3902 On systems that provide @file{libgcc} as a shared library, these options
3903 force the use of either the shared or static version respectively.
3904 If no shared version of @file{libgcc} was built when the compiler was
3905 configured, these options have no effect.
3907 There are several situations in which an application should use the
3908 shared @file{libgcc} instead of the static version. The most common
3909 of these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions
3910 across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the libraries
3911 as well as the application itself should use the shared @file{libgcc}.
3913 Therefore, whenever you specify the @samp{-shared} option, the GCC
3914 driver automatically adds @samp{-shared-libgcc}, unless you explicitly
3915 specify @samp{-static-libgcc}. The G++ driver automatically adds
3916 @samp{-shared-libgcc} when you build a main executable as well because
3917 for C++ programs that is typically the right thing to do.
3918 (Exception-handling will not work reliably otherwise.)
3920 However, when linking a main executable written in C, you must
3921 explicitly say @samp{-shared-libgcc} if you want to use the shared
3925 Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
3926 about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
3927 option @samp{-Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs}). Only a few systems support
3930 @item -Xlinker @var{option}
3931 Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. You can use this to
3932 supply system-specific linker options which GCC does not know how to
3935 If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
3936 @samp{-Xlinker} twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
3937 For example, to pass @samp{-assert definitions}, you must write
3938 @samp{-Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions}. It does not work to write
3939 @samp{-Xlinker "-assert definitions"}, because this passes the entire
3940 string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
3942 @item -Wl\,@var{option}
3943 Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. If @var{option} contains
3944 commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
3946 @item -u @var{symbol}
3947 Pretend the symbol @var{symbol} is undefined, to force linking of
3948 library modules to define it. You can use @samp{-u} multiple times with
3949 different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
3952 @node Directory Options
3953 @section Options for Directory Search
3954 @cindex directory options
3955 @cindex options, directory search
3958 These options specify directories to search for header files, for
3959 libraries and for parts of the compiler:
3963 Add the directory @var{dir} to the head of the list of directories to be
3964 searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
3965 file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
3966 searched before the system header file directories. However, you should
3967 not use this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied
3968 system header files (use @samp{-isystem} for that). If you use more than
3969 one @samp{-I} option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
3970 order; the standard system directories come after.
3973 Any directories you specify with @samp{-I} options before the @samp{-I-}
3974 option are searched only for the case of @samp{#include "@var{file}"};
3975 they are not searched for @samp{#include <@var{file}>}.
3977 If additional directories are specified with @samp{-I} options after
3978 the @samp{-I-}, these directories are searched for all @samp{#include}
3979 directives. (Ordinarily @emph{all} @samp{-I} directories are used
3982 In addition, the @samp{-I-} option inhibits the use of the current
3983 directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
3984 directory for @samp{#include "@var{file}"}. There is no way to
3985 override this effect of @samp{-I-}. With @samp{-I.} you can specify
3986 searching the directory which was current when the compiler was
3987 invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
3988 by default, but it is often satisfactory.
3990 @samp{-I-} does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories
3991 for header files. Thus, @samp{-I-} and @samp{-nostdinc} are
3995 Add directory @var{dir} to the list of directories to be searched
3998 @item -B@var{prefix}
3999 This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
4000 include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
4002 The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
4003 @file{cpp}, @file{cc1}, @file{as} and @file{ld}. It tries
4004 @var{prefix} as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
4005 without @samp{@var{machine}/@var{version}/} (@pxref{Target Options}).
4007 For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
4008 @samp{-B} prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if @samp{-B}
4009 was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
4010 @file{/usr/lib/gcc/} and @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/}. If neither of
4011 those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
4012 name is searched for using the directories specified in your
4013 @env{PATH} environment variable.
4015 @samp{-B} prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply
4016 to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
4017 options into @samp{-L} options for the linker. They also apply to
4018 includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
4019 options into @samp{-isystem} options for the preprocessor. In this case,
4020 the compiler appends @samp{include} to the prefix.
4022 The run-time support file @file{libgcc.a} can also be searched for using
4023 the @samp{-B} prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
4024 standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
4025 out of the link if it is not found by those means.
4027 Another way to specify a prefix much like the @samp{-B} prefix is to use
4028 the environment variable @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}. @xref{Environment
4031 @item -specs=@var{file}
4032 Process @var{file} after the compiler reads in the standard @file{specs}
4033 file, in order to override the defaults that the @file{gcc} driver
4034 program uses when determining what switches to pass to @file{cc1},
4035 @file{cc1plus}, @file{as}, @file{ld}, etc. More than one
4036 @samp{-specs=}@var{file} can be specified on the command line, and they
4037 are processed in order, from left to right.
4043 @section Specifying subprocesses and the switches to pass to them
4045 @command{gcc} is a driver program. It performs its job by invoking a
4046 sequence of other programs to do the work of compiling, assembling and
4047 linking. GCC interprets its command-line parameters and uses these to
4048 deduce which programs it should invoke, and which command-line options
4049 it ought to place on their command lines. This behaviour is controlled
4050 by @dfn{spec strings}. In most cases there is one spec string for each
4051 program that GCC can invoke, but a few programs have multiple spec
4052 strings to control their behaviour. The spec strings built into GCC can
4053 be overridden by using the @samp{-specs=} command-line switch to specify
4056 @dfn{Spec files} are plaintext files that are used to construct spec
4057 strings. They consist of a sequence of directives separated by blank
4058 lines. The type of directive is determined by the first non-whitespace
4059 character on the line and it can be one of the following:
4062 @item %@var{command}
4063 Issues a @var{command} to the spec file processor. The commands that can
4067 @item %include <@var{file}>
4069 Search for @var{file} and insert its text at the current point in the
4072 @item %include_noerr <@var{file}>
4073 @cindex %include_noerr
4074 Just like @samp{%include}, but do not generate an error message if the include
4075 file cannot be found.
4077 @item %rename @var{old_name} @var{new_name}
4079 Rename the spec string @var{old_name} to @var{new_name}.
4083 @item *[@var{spec_name}]:
4084 This tells the compiler to create, override or delete the named spec
4085 string. All lines after this directive up to the next directive or
4086 blank line are considered to be the text for the spec string. If this
4087 results in an empty string then the spec will be deleted. (Or, if the
4088 spec did not exist, then nothing will happened.) Otherwise, if the spec
4089 does not currently exist a new spec will be created. If the spec does
4090 exist then its contents will be overridden by the text of this
4091 directive, unless the first character of that text is the @samp{+}
4092 character, in which case the text will be appended to the spec.
4094 @item [@var{suffix}]:
4095 Creates a new @samp{[@var{suffix}] spec} pair. All lines after this directive
4096 and up to the next directive or blank line are considered to make up the
4097 spec string for the indicated suffix. When the compiler encounters an
4098 input file with the named suffix, it will processes the spec string in
4099 order to work out how to compile that file. For example:
4106 This says that any input file whose name ends in @samp{.ZZ} should be
4107 passed to the program @samp{z-compile}, which should be invoked with the
4108 command-line switch @samp{-input} and with the result of performing the
4109 @samp{%i} substitution. (See below.)
4111 As an alternative to providing a spec string, the text that follows a
4112 suffix directive can be one of the following:
4115 @item @@@var{language}
4116 This says that the suffix is an alias for a known @var{language}. This is
4117 similar to using the @option{-x} command-line switch to GCC to specify a
4118 language explicitly. For example:
4125 Says that .ZZ files are, in fact, C++ source files.
4128 This causes an error messages saying:
4131 @var{name} compiler not installed on this system.
4135 GCC already has an extensive list of suffixes built into it.
4136 This directive will add an entry to the end of the list of suffixes, but
4137 since the list is searched from the end backwards, it is effectively
4138 possible to override earlier entries using this technique.
4142 GCC has the following spec strings built into it. Spec files can
4143 override these strings or create their own. Note that individual
4144 targets can also add their own spec strings to this list.
4147 asm Options to pass to the assembler
4148 asm_final Options to pass to the assembler post-processor
4149 cpp Options to pass to the C preprocessor
4150 cc1 Options to pass to the C compiler
4151 cc1plus Options to pass to the C++ compiler
4152 endfile Object files to include at the end of the link
4153 link Options to pass to the linker
4154 lib Libraries to include on the command line to the linker
4155 libgcc Decides which GCC support library to pass to the linker
4156 linker Sets the name of the linker
4157 predefines Defines to be passed to the C preprocessor
4158 signed_char Defines to pass to CPP to say whether @code{char} is signed by default
4159 startfile Object files to include at the start of the link
4162 Here is a small example of a spec file:
4168 --start-group -lgcc -lc -leval1 --end-group %(old_lib)
4171 This example renames the spec called @samp{lib} to @samp{old_lib} and
4172 then overrides the previous definition of @samp{lib} with a new one.
4173 The new definition adds in some extra command-line options before
4174 including the text of the old definition.
4176 @dfn{Spec strings} are a list of command-line options to be passed to their
4177 corresponding program. In addition, the spec strings can contain
4178 @samp{%}-prefixed sequences to substitute variable text or to
4179 conditionally insert text into the command line. Using these constructs
4180 it is possible to generate quite complex command lines.
4182 Here is a table of all defined @samp{%}-sequences for spec
4183 strings. Note that spaces are not generated automatically around the
4184 results of expanding these sequences. Therefore you can concatenate them
4185 together or combine them with constant text in a single argument.
4189 Substitute one @samp{%} into the program name or argument.
4192 Substitute the name of the input file being processed.
4195 Substitute the basename of the input file being processed.
4196 This is the substring up to (and not including) the last period
4197 and not including the directory.
4200 This is the same as @samp{%b}, but include the file suffix (text after
4204 Marks the argument containing or following the @samp{%d} as a
4205 temporary file name, so that that file will be deleted if GCC exits
4206 successfully. Unlike @samp{%g}, this contributes no text to the
4209 @item %g@var{suffix}
4210 Substitute a file name that has suffix @var{suffix} and is chosen
4211 once per compilation, and mark the argument in the same way as
4212 @samp{%d}. To reduce exposure to denial-of-service attacks, the file
4213 name is now chosen in a way that is hard to predict even when previously
4214 chosen file names are known. For example, @samp{%g.s ... %g.o ... %g.s}
4215 might turn into @samp{ccUVUUAU.s ccXYAXZ12.o ccUVUUAU.s}. @var{suffix} matches
4216 the regexp @samp{[.A-Za-z]*} or the special string @samp{%O}, which is
4217 treated exactly as if @samp{%O} had been preprocessed. Previously, @samp{%g}
4218 was simply substituted with a file name chosen once per compilation,
4219 without regard to any appended suffix (which was therefore treated
4220 just like ordinary text), making such attacks more likely to succeed.
4222 @item %u@var{suffix}
4223 Like @samp{%g}, but generates a new temporary file name even if
4224 @samp{%u@var{suffix}} was already seen.
4226 @item %U@var{suffix}
4227 Substitutes the last file name generated with @samp{%u@var{suffix}}, generating a
4228 new one if there is no such last file name. In the absence of any
4229 @samp{%u@var{suffix}}, this is just like @samp{%g@var{suffix}}, except they don't share
4230 the same suffix @emph{space}, so @samp{%g.s ... %U.s ... %g.s ... %U.s}
4231 would involve the generation of two distinct file names, one
4232 for each @samp{%g.s} and another for each @samp{%U.s}. Previously, @samp{%U} was
4233 simply substituted with a file name chosen for the previous @samp{%u},
4234 without regard to any appended suffix.
4236 @item %j@var{SUFFIX}
4237 Substitutes the name of the HOST_BIT_BUCKET, if any, and if it is
4238 writable, and if save-temps is off; otherwise, substitute the name
4239 of a temporary file, just like @samp{%u}. This temporary file is not
4240 meant for communication between processes, but rather as a junk
4243 @item %.@var{SUFFIX}
4244 Substitutes @var{.SUFFIX} for the suffixes of a matched switch's args
4245 when it is subsequently output with @samp{%*}. @var{SUFFIX} is
4246 terminated by the next space or %.
4249 Marks the argument containing or following the @samp{%w} as the
4250 designated output file of this compilation. This puts the argument
4251 into the sequence of arguments that @samp{%o} will substitute later.
4254 Substitutes the names of all the output files, with spaces
4255 automatically placed around them. You should write spaces
4256 around the @samp{%o} as well or the results are undefined.
4257 @samp{%o} is for use in the specs for running the linker.
4258 Input files whose names have no recognized suffix are not compiled
4259 at all, but they are included among the output files, so they will
4263 Substitutes the suffix for object files. Note that this is
4264 handled specially when it immediately follows @samp{%g, %u, or %U},
4265 because of the need for those to form complete file names. The
4266 handling is such that @samp{%O} is treated exactly as if it had already
4267 been substituted, except that @samp{%g, %u, and %U} do not currently
4268 support additional @var{suffix} characters following @samp{%O} as they would
4269 following, for example, @samp{.o}.
4272 Substitutes the standard macro predefinitions for the
4273 current target machine. Use this when running @code{cpp}.
4276 Like @samp{%p}, but puts @samp{__} before and after the name of each
4277 predefined macro, except for macros that start with @samp{__} or with
4278 @samp{_@var{L}}, where @var{L} is an uppercase letter. This is for ISO
4282 Substitute a @samp{-iprefix} option made from GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
4285 Current argument is the name of a library or startup file of some sort.
4286 Search for that file in a standard list of directories and substitute
4287 the full name found.
4290 Print @var{str} as an error message. @var{str} is terminated by a newline.
4291 Use this when inconsistent options are detected.
4294 Output @samp{-} if the input for the current command is coming from a pipe.
4297 Substitute the contents of spec string @var{name} at this point.
4300 Like @samp{%(...)} but put @samp{__} around @samp{-D} arguments.
4302 @item %x@{@var{option}@}
4303 Accumulate an option for @samp{%X}.
4306 Output the accumulated linker options specified by @samp{-Wl} or a @samp{%x}
4310 Output the accumulated assembler options specified by @samp{-Wa}.
4313 Output the accumulated preprocessor options specified by @samp{-Wp}.
4316 Substitute the major version number of GCC.
4317 (For version 2.9.5, this is 2.)
4320 Substitute the minor version number of GCC.
4321 (For version 2.9.5, this is 9.)
4324 Substitute the patch level number of GCC.
4325 (For version 2.9.5, this is 5.)
4328 Process the @code{asm} spec. This is used to compute the
4329 switches to be passed to the assembler.
4332 Process the @code{asm_final} spec. This is a spec string for
4333 passing switches to an assembler post-processor, if such a program is
4337 Process the @code{link} spec. This is the spec for computing the
4338 command line passed to the linker. Typically it will make use of the
4339 @samp{%L %G %S %D and %E} sequences.
4342 Dump out a @samp{-L} option for each directory that GCC believes might
4343 contain startup files. If the target supports multilibs then the
4344 current multilib directory will be prepended to each of these paths.
4347 Output the multilib directory with directory seperators replaced with
4348 "_". If multilib directories are not set, or the multilib directory is
4349 "." then this option emits nothing.
4352 Process the @code{lib} spec. This is a spec string for deciding which
4353 libraries should be included on the command line to the linker.
4356 Process the @code{libgcc} spec. This is a spec string for deciding
4357 which GCC support library should be included on the command line to the linker.
4360 Process the @code{startfile} spec. This is a spec for deciding which
4361 object files should be the first ones passed to the linker. Typically
4362 this might be a file named @file{crt0.o}.
4365 Process the @code{endfile} spec. This is a spec string that specifies
4366 the last object files that will be passed to the linker.
4369 Process the @code{cpp} spec. This is used to construct the arguments
4370 to be passed to the C preprocessor.
4373 Process the @code{signed_char} spec. This is intended to be used
4374 to tell cpp whether a char is signed. It typically has the definition:
4376 %@{funsigned-char:-D__CHAR_UNSIGNED__@}
4380 Process the @code{cc1} spec. This is used to construct the options to be
4381 passed to the actual C compiler (@samp{cc1}).
4384 Process the @code{cc1plus} spec. This is used to construct the options to be
4385 passed to the actual C++ compiler (@samp{cc1plus}).
4388 Substitute the variable part of a matched option. See below.
4389 Note that each comma in the substituted string is replaced by
4393 Substitutes the @code{-S} switch, if that switch was given to GCC.
4394 If that switch was not specified, this substitutes nothing. Note that
4395 the leading dash is omitted when specifying this option, and it is
4396 automatically inserted if the substitution is performed. Thus the spec
4397 string @samp{%@{foo@}} would match the command-line option @samp{-foo}
4398 and would output the command line option @samp{-foo}.
4400 @item %W@{@code{S}@}
4401 Like %@{@code{S}@} but mark last argument supplied within as a file to be
4404 @item %@{@code{S}*@}
4405 Substitutes all the switches specified to GCC whose names start
4406 with @code{-S}, but which also take an argument. This is used for
4407 switches like @samp{-o, -D, -I}, etc. GCC considers @samp{-o foo} as being
4408 one switch whose names starts with @samp{o}. %@{o*@} would substitute this
4409 text, including the space. Thus two arguments would be generated.
4411 @item %@{^@code{S}*@}
4412 Like %@{@code{S}*@}, but don't put a blank between a switch and its
4413 argument. Thus %@{^o*@} would only generate one argument, not two.
4415 @item %@{@code{S}*&@code{T}*@}
4416 Like %@{@code{S}*@}, but preserve order of @code{S} and @code{T} options
4417 (the order of @code{S} and @code{T} in the spec is not significant).
4418 There can be any number of ampersand-separated variables; for each the
4419 wild card is optional. Useful for CPP as @samp{%@{D*&U*&A*@}}.
4421 @item %@{<@code{S}@}
4422 Remove all occurrences of @code{-S} from the command line. Note - this
4423 command is position dependent. @samp{%} commands in the spec string
4424 before this option will see @code{-S}, @samp{%} commands in the spec
4425 string after this option will not.
4427 @item %@{@code{S}*:@code{X}@}
4428 Substitutes @code{X} if one or more switches whose names start with
4429 @code{-S} are specified to GCC. Note that the tail part of the
4430 @code{-S} option (i.e. the part matched by the @samp{*}) will be substituted
4431 for each occurrence of @samp{%*} within @code{X}.
4433 @item %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@}
4434 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if the @samp{-S} switch was given to GCC.
4436 @item %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@}
4437 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if the @samp{-S} switch was @emph{not} given to GCC.
4439 @item %@{|@code{S}:@code{X}@}
4440 Like %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@}, but if no @code{S} switch, substitute @samp{-}.
4442 @item %@{|!@code{S}:@code{X}@}
4443 Like %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@}, but if there is an @code{S} switch, substitute @samp{-}.
4445 @item %@{.@code{S}:@code{X}@}
4446 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if processing a file with suffix @code{S}.
4448 @item %@{!.@code{S}:@code{X}@}
4449 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if @emph{not} processing a file with suffix @code{S}.
4451 @item %@{@code{S}|@code{P}:@code{X}@}
4452 Substitutes @code{X} if either @code{-S} or @code{-P} was given to GCC. This may be
4453 combined with @samp{!} and @samp{.} sequences as well, although they
4454 have a stronger binding than the @samp{|}. For example a spec string
4458 %@{.c:-foo@} %@{!.c:-bar@} %@{.c|d:-baz@} %@{!.c|d:-boggle@}
4461 will output the following command-line options from the following input
4462 command-line options:
4467 -d fred.c -foo -baz -boggle
4468 -d jim.d -bar -baz -boggle
4473 The conditional text @code{X} in a %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@} or
4474 %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@} construct may contain other nested @samp{%} constructs
4475 or spaces, or even newlines. They are processed as usual, as described
4478 The @samp{-O, -f, -m, and -W} switches are handled specifically in these
4479 constructs. If another value of @samp{-O} or the negated form of a @samp{-f, -m, or
4480 -W} switch is found later in the command line, the earlier switch
4481 value is ignored, except with @{@code{S}*@} where @code{S} is just one
4482 letter, which passes all matching options.
4484 The character @samp{|} at the beginning of the predicate text is used to indicate
4485 that a command should be piped to the following command, but only if @samp{-pipe}
4488 It is built into GCC which switches take arguments and which do not.
4489 (You might think it would be useful to generalize this to allow each
4490 compiler's spec to say which switches take arguments. But this cannot
4491 be done in a consistent fashion. GCC cannot even decide which input
4492 files have been specified without knowing which switches take arguments,
4493 and it must know which input files to compile in order to tell which
4496 GCC also knows implicitly that arguments starting in @samp{-l} are to be
4497 treated as compiler output files, and passed to the linker in their
4498 proper position among the other output files.
4500 @c man begin OPTIONS
4502 @node Target Options
4503 @section Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version
4504 @cindex target options
4505 @cindex cross compiling
4506 @cindex specifying machine version
4507 @cindex specifying compiler version and target machine
4508 @cindex compiler version, specifying
4509 @cindex target machine, specifying
4511 By default, GCC compiles code for the same type of machine that you
4512 are using. However, it can also be installed as a cross-compiler, to
4513 compile for some other type of machine. In fact, several different
4514 configurations of GCC, for different target machines, can be
4515 installed side by side. Then you specify which one to use with the
4518 In addition, older and newer versions of GCC can be installed side
4519 by side. One of them (probably the newest) will be the default, but
4520 you may sometimes wish to use another.
4523 @item -b @var{machine}
4524 The argument @var{machine} specifies the target machine for compilation.
4525 This is useful when you have installed GCC as a cross-compiler.
4527 The value to use for @var{machine} is the same as was specified as the
4528 machine type when configuring GCC as a cross-compiler. For
4529 example, if a cross-compiler was configured with @samp{configure
4530 i386v}, meaning to compile for an 80386 running System V, then you
4531 would specify @samp{-b i386v} to run that cross compiler.
4533 When you do not specify @samp{-b}, it normally means to compile for
4534 the same type of machine that you are using.
4536 @item -V @var{version}
4537 The argument @var{version} specifies which version of GCC to run.
4538 This is useful when multiple versions are installed. For example,
4539 @var{version} might be @samp{2.0}, meaning to run GCC version 2.0.
4541 The default version, when you do not specify @samp{-V}, is the last
4542 version of GCC that you installed.
4545 The @samp{-b} and @samp{-V} options actually work by controlling part of
4546 the file name used for the executable files and libraries used for
4547 compilation. A given version of GCC, for a given target machine, is
4548 normally kept in the directory @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/@var{machine}/@var{version}}.@refill
4550 Thus, sites can customize the effect of @samp{-b} or @samp{-V} either by
4551 changing the names of these directories or adding alternate names (or
4552 symbolic links). If in directory @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/} the
4553 file @file{80386} is a link to the file @file{i386v}, then @samp{-b
4554 80386} becomes an alias for @samp{-b i386v}.
4556 In one respect, the @samp{-b} or @samp{-V} do not completely change
4557 to a different compiler: the top-level driver program @command{gcc}
4558 that you originally invoked continues to run and invoke the other
4559 executables (preprocessor, compiler per se, assembler and linker)
4560 that do the real work. However, since no real work is done in the
4561 driver program, it usually does not matter that the driver program
4562 in use is not the one for the specified target. It is common for the
4563 interface to the other executables to change incompatibly between
4564 compiler versions, so unless the version specified is very close to that
4565 of the driver (for example, @samp{-V 3.0} with a driver program from GCC
4566 version 3.0.1), use of @samp{-V} may not work; for example, using
4567 @samp{-V 2.95.2} will not work with a driver program from GCC 3.0.
4569 The only way that the driver program depends on the target machine is
4570 in the parsing and handling of special machine-specific options.
4571 However, this is controlled by a file which is found, along with the
4572 other executables, in the directory for the specified version and
4573 target machine. As a result, a single installed driver program adapts
4574 to any specified target machine, and sufficiently similar compiler
4577 The driver program executable does control one significant thing,
4578 however: the default version and target machine. Therefore, you can
4579 install different instances of the driver program, compiled for
4580 different targets or versions, under different names.
4582 For example, if the driver for version 2.0 is installed as @command{ogcc}
4583 and that for version 2.1 is installed as @command{gcc}, then the command
4584 @command{gcc} will use version 2.1 by default, while @command{ogcc} will use
4585 2.0 by default. However, you can choose either version with either
4586 command with the @samp{-V} option.
4588 @node Submodel Options
4589 @section Hardware Models and Configurations
4590 @cindex submodel options
4591 @cindex specifying hardware config
4592 @cindex hardware models and configurations, specifying
4593 @cindex machine dependent options
4595 Earlier we discussed the standard option @samp{-b} which chooses among
4596 different installed compilers for completely different target
4597 machines, such as Vax vs. 68000 vs. 80386.
4599 In addition, each of these target machine types can have its own
4600 special options, starting with @samp{-m}, to choose among various
4601 hardware models or configurations---for example, 68010 vs 68020,
4602 floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the
4603 compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the
4606 Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
4607 options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
4611 These options are defined by the macro @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} in the
4612 machine description. The default for the options is also defined by
4613 that macro, which enables you to change the defaults.
4629 * RS/6000 and PowerPC Options::
4634 * Intel 960 Options::
4635 * DEC Alpha Options::
4639 * System V Options::
4640 * TMS320C3x/C4x Options::
4650 @node M680x0 Options
4651 @subsection M680x0 Options
4652 @cindex M680x0 options
4654 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the 68000 series. The default
4655 values for these options depends on which style of 68000 was selected when
4656 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
4662 Generate output for a 68000. This is the default
4663 when the compiler is configured for 68000-based systems.
4665 Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core,
4666 including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
4670 Generate output for a 68020. This is the default
4671 when the compiler is configured for 68020-based systems.
4674 Generate output containing 68881 instructions for floating point.
4675 This is the default for most 68020 systems unless @samp{-nfp} was
4676 specified when the compiler was configured.
4679 Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
4680 configured for 68030-based systems.
4683 Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
4684 configured for 68040-based systems.
4686 This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
4687 emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not
4688 have code to emulate those instructions.
4691 Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
4692 configured for 68060-based systems.
4694 This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that
4695 have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060
4696 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
4699 Generate output for a CPU32. This is the default
4700 when the compiler is configured for CPU32-based systems.
4702 Use this option for microcontrollers with a
4703 CPU32 or CPU32+ core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334,
4704 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
4707 Generate output for a 520X "coldfire" family cpu. This is the default
4708 when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems.
4710 Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including
4711 the MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5202.
4715 Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
4716 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
4717 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
4718 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
4721 Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
4722 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
4723 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
4724 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
4727 Generate output containing Sun FPA instructions for floating point.
4730 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4731 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all m68k
4732 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
4733 used, but this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must
4734 make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4735 cross-compilation. The embedded targets @samp{m68k-*-aout} and
4736 @samp{m68k-*-coff} do provide software floating point support.
4739 Consider type @code{int} to be 16 bits wide, like @code{short int}.
4742 Do not use the bit-field instructions. The @samp{-m68000}, @samp{-mcpu32}
4743 and @samp{-m5200} options imply @w{@samp{-mnobitfield}}.
4746 Do use the bit-field instructions. The @samp{-m68020} option implies
4747 @samp{-mbitfield}. This is the default if you use a configuration
4748 designed for a 68020.
4751 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
4752 that take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{rtd}
4753 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
4754 saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
4755 the arguments there.
4757 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
4758 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
4759 compiled with the Unix compiler.
4761 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
4762 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
4763 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
4766 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
4767 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
4768 harmlessly ignored.)
4770 The @code{rtd} instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
4771 68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
4774 @itemx -mno-align-int
4775 Control whether GCC aligns @code{int}, @code{long}, @code{long long},
4776 @code{float}, @code{double}, and @code{long double} variables on a 32-bit
4777 boundary (@samp{-malign-int}) or a 16-bit boundary (@samp{-mno-align-int}).
4778 Aligning variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
4779 faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
4781 @strong{Warning:} if you use the @samp{-malign-int} switch, GCC will
4782 align structures containing the above types differently than
4783 most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
4786 Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
4787 using a global offset table. At present, this option implies -fpic,
4788 allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. -fPIC is
4789 not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this could be supported for
4790 68020 and higher processors.
4792 @item -mno-strict-align
4793 @itemx -mstrict-align
4794 @kindex -mstrict-align
4795 Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by
4800 @node M68hc1x Options
4801 @subsection M68hc1x Options
4802 @cindex M68hc1x options
4804 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the 68hc11 and 68hc12
4805 microcontrollers. The default values for these options depends on
4806 which style of microcontroller was selected when the compiler was configured;
4807 the defaults for the most common choices are given below.
4812 Generate output for a 68HC11. This is the default
4813 when the compiler is configured for 68HC11-based systems.
4817 Generate output for a 68HC12. This is the default
4818 when the compiler is configured for 68HC12-based systems.
4821 Enable the use of 68HC12 pre and post auto-increment and auto-decrement
4825 Consider type @code{int} to be 16 bits wide, like @code{short int}.
4827 @item -msoft-reg-count=@var{count}
4828 Specify the number of pseudo-soft registers which are used for the
4829 code generation. The maximum number is 32. Using more pseudo-soft
4830 register may or may not result in better code depending on the program.
4831 The default is 4 for 68HC11 and 2 for 68HC12.
4836 @subsection VAX Options
4839 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Vax:
4843 Do not output certain jump instructions (@code{aobleq} and so on)
4844 that the Unix assembler for the Vax cannot handle across long
4848 Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you
4849 will assemble with the GNU assembler.
4852 Output code for g-format floating point numbers instead of d-format.
4856 @subsection SPARC Options
4857 @cindex SPARC options
4859 These @samp{-m} switches are supported on the SPARC:
4864 Specify @samp{-mapp-regs} to generate output using the global registers
4865 2 through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications. This
4868 To be fully SVR4 ABI compliant at the cost of some performance loss,
4869 specify @samp{-mno-app-regs}. You should compile libraries and system
4870 software with this option.
4874 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
4879 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4880 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC
4881 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
4882 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
4883 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4884 cross-compilation. The embedded targets @samp{sparc-*-aout} and
4885 @samp{sparclite-*-*} do provide software floating point support.
4887 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
4888 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
4889 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
4890 library that comes with GCC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
4893 @item -mhard-quad-float
4894 Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
4897 @item -msoft-quad-float
4898 Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
4899 floating point instructions. The functions called are those specified
4900 in the SPARC ABI. This is the default.
4902 As of this writing, there are no sparc implementations that have hardware
4903 support for the quad-word floating point instructions. They all invoke
4904 a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler
4905 emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead,
4906 this is much slower than calling the ABI library routines. Thus the
4907 @samp{-msoft-quad-float} option is the default.
4911 With @samp{-mepilogue} (the default), the compiler always emits code for
4912 function exit at the end of each function. Any function exit in
4913 the middle of the function (such as a return statement in C) will
4914 generate a jump to the exit code at the end of the function.
4916 With @samp{-mno-epilogue}, the compiler tries to emit exit code inline
4917 at every function exit.
4921 With @samp{-mflat}, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions
4922 and will use a "flat" or single register window calling convention.
4923 This model uses %i7 as the frame pointer and is compatible with the normal
4924 register window model. Code from either may be intermixed.
4925 The local registers and the input registers (0-5) are still treated as
4926 "call saved" registers and will be saved on the stack as necessary.
4928 With @samp{-mno-flat} (the default), the compiler emits save/restore
4929 instructions (except for leaf functions) and is the normal mode of operation.
4931 @item -mno-unaligned-doubles
4932 @itemx -munaligned-doubles
4933 Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment. This is the default.
4935 With @samp{-munaligned-doubles}, GCC assumes that doubles have 8 byte
4936 alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an
4937 absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte alignment.
4938 Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code
4939 generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results
4940 in a performance loss, especially for floating point code.
4942 @item -mno-faster-structs
4943 @itemx -mfaster-structs
4944 With @samp{-mfaster-structs}, the compiler assumes that structures
4945 should have 8 byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of
4946 @code{ldd} and @code{std} instructions for copies in structure
4947 assignment, in place of twice as many @code{ld} and @code{st} pairs.
4948 However, the use of this changed alignment directly violates the Sparc
4949 ABI. Thus, it's intended only for use on targets where the developer
4950 acknowledges that their resulting code will not be directly in line with
4951 the rules of the ABI.
4955 These two options select variations on the SPARC architecture.
4957 By default (unless specifically configured for the Fujitsu SPARClite),
4958 GCC generates code for the v7 variant of the SPARC architecture.
4960 @samp{-mv8} will give you SPARC v8 code. The only difference from v7
4961 code is that the compiler emits the integer multiply and integer
4962 divide instructions which exist in SPARC v8 but not in SPARC v7.
4964 @samp{-msparclite} will give you SPARClite code. This adds the integer
4965 multiply, integer divide step and scan (@code{ffs}) instructions which
4966 exist in SPARClite but not in SPARC v7.
4968 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a future GCC release.
4969 They have been replaced with @samp{-mcpu=xxx}.
4973 These two options select the processor for which the code is optimised.
4975 With @samp{-mcypress} (the default), the compiler optimizes code for the
4976 Cypress CY7C602 chip, as used in the SparcStation/SparcServer 3xx series.
4977 This is also appropriate for the older SparcStation 1, 2, IPX etc.
4979 With @samp{-msupersparc} the compiler optimizes code for the SuperSparc cpu, as
4980 used in the SparcStation 10, 1000 and 2000 series. This flag also enables use
4981 of the full SPARC v8 instruction set.
4983 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a future GCC release.
4984 They have been replaced with @samp{-mcpu=xxx}.
4986 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
4987 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters
4988 for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are
4989 @samp{v7}, @samp{cypress}, @samp{v8}, @samp{supersparc}, @samp{sparclite},
4990 @samp{hypersparc}, @samp{sparclite86x}, @samp{f930}, @samp{f934},
4991 @samp{sparclet}, @samp{tsc701}, @samp{v9}, and @samp{ultrasparc}.
4993 Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select
4994 an architecture and not an implementation. These are @samp{v7}, @samp{v8},
4995 @samp{sparclite}, @samp{sparclet}, @samp{v9}.
4997 Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
5002 v8: supersparc, hypersparc
5003 sparclite: f930, f934, sparclite86x
5008 @item -mtune=@var{cpu_type}
5009 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
5010 @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the
5011 option @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} would.
5013 The same values for @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} are used for
5014 @samp{-mtune=}@*@var{cpu_type}, though the only useful values are those that
5015 select a particular cpu implementation: @samp{cypress}, @samp{supersparc},
5016 @samp{hypersparc}, @samp{f930}, @samp{f934}, @samp{sparclite86x},
5017 @samp{tsc701}, @samp{ultrasparc}.
5021 These @samp{-m} switches are supported in addition to the above
5022 on the SPARCLET processor.
5025 @item -mlittle-endian
5026 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
5029 Treat register @code{%g0} as a normal register.
5030 GCC will continue to clobber it as necessary but will not assume
5031 it always reads as 0.
5033 @item -mbroken-saverestore
5034 Generate code that does not use non-trivial forms of the @code{save} and
5035 @code{restore} instructions. Early versions of the SPARCLET processor do
5036 not correctly handle @code{save} and @code{restore} instructions used with
5037 arguments. They correctly handle them used without arguments. A @code{save}
5038 instruction used without arguments increments the current window pointer
5039 but does not allocate a new stack frame. It is assumed that the window
5040 overflow trap handler will properly handle this case as will interrupt
5044 These @samp{-m} switches are supported in addition to the above
5045 on SPARC V9 processors in 64-bit environments.
5048 @item -mlittle-endian
5049 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
5053 Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.
5054 The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
5055 The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
5058 @item -mcmodel=medlow
5059 Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: the program must be linked
5060 in the low 32 bits of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
5061 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
5063 @item -mcmodel=medmid
5064 Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: the program must be linked
5065 in the low 44 bits of the address space, the text segment must be less than
5066 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
5067 Pointers are 64 bits.
5069 @item -mcmodel=medany
5070 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: the program may be linked
5071 anywhere in the address space, the text segment must be less than
5072 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
5073 Pointers are 64 bits.
5075 @item -mcmodel=embmedany
5076 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
5077 assume a 32-bit text and a 32-bit data segment, both starting anywhere
5078 (determined at link time). Register %g4 points to the base of the
5079 data segment. Pointers are still 64 bits.
5080 Programs are statically linked, PIC is not supported.
5083 @itemx -mno-stack-bias
5084 With @samp{-mstack-bias}, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and
5085 frame pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back
5086 when making stack frame references.
5087 Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
5090 @node Convex Options
5091 @subsection Convex Options
5092 @cindex Convex options
5094 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Convex:
5098 Generate output for C1. The code will run on any Convex machine.
5099 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex__c1__} is defined.
5102 Generate output for C2. Uses instructions not available on C1.
5103 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C2.
5104 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c2__} is defined.
5107 Generate output for C32xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
5108 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C32.
5109 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c32__} is defined.
5112 Generate output for C34xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
5113 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C34.
5114 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c34__} is defined.
5117 Generate output for C38xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
5118 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C38.
5119 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c38__} is defined.
5122 Generate code which puts an argument count in the word preceding each
5123 argument list. This is compatible with regular CC, and a few programs
5124 may need the argument count word. GDB and other source-level debuggers
5125 do not need it; this info is in the symbol table.
5128 Omit the argument count word. This is the default.
5130 @item -mvolatile-cache
5131 Allow volatile references to be cached. This is the default.
5133 @item -mvolatile-nocache
5134 Volatile references bypass the data cache, going all the way to memory.
5135 This is only needed for multi-processor code that does not use standard
5136 synchronization instructions. Making non-volatile references to volatile
5137 locations will not necessarily work.
5140 Type long is 32 bits, the same as type int. This is the default.
5143 Type long is 64 bits, the same as type long long. This option is useless,
5144 because no library support exists for it.
5147 @node AMD29K Options
5148 @subsection AMD29K Options
5149 @cindex AMD29K options
5151 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the AMD Am29000:
5156 @cindex DW bit (29k)
5157 Generate code that assumes the @code{DW} bit is set, i.e., that byte and
5158 halfword operations are directly supported by the hardware. This is the
5163 Generate code that assumes the @code{DW} bit is not set.
5167 @cindex byte writes (29k)
5168 Generate code that assumes the system supports byte and halfword write
5169 operations. This is the default.
5173 Generate code that assumes the systems does not support byte and
5174 halfword write operations. @samp{-mnbw} implies @samp{-mndw}.
5178 @cindex memory model (29k)
5179 Use a small memory model that assumes that all function addresses are
5180 either within a single 256 KB segment or at an absolute address of less
5181 than 256k. This allows the @code{call} instruction to be used instead
5182 of a @code{const}, @code{consth}, @code{calli} sequence.
5186 Use the normal memory model: Generate @code{call} instructions only when
5187 calling functions in the same file and @code{calli} instructions
5188 otherwise. This works if each file occupies less than 256 KB but allows
5189 the entire executable to be larger than 256 KB. This is the default.
5192 Always use @code{calli} instructions. Specify this option if you expect
5193 a single file to compile into more than 256 KB of code.
5197 @cindex processor selection (29k)
5198 Generate code for the Am29050.
5202 Generate code for the Am29000. This is the default.
5204 @item -mkernel-registers
5205 @kindex -mkernel-registers
5206 @cindex kernel and user registers (29k)
5207 Generate references to registers @code{gr64-gr95} instead of to
5208 registers @code{gr96-gr127}. This option can be used when compiling
5209 kernel code that wants a set of global registers disjoint from that used
5212 Note that when this option is used, register names in @samp{-f} flags
5213 must use the normal, user-mode, names.
5215 @item -muser-registers
5216 @kindex -muser-registers
5217 Use the normal set of global registers, @code{gr96-gr127}. This is the
5221 @itemx -mno-stack-check
5222 @kindex -mstack-check
5223 @cindex stack checks (29k)
5224 Insert (or do not insert) a call to @code{__msp_check} after each stack
5225 adjustment. This is often used for kernel code.
5228 @itemx -mno-storem-bug
5229 @kindex -mstorem-bug
5230 @cindex storem bug (29k)
5231 @samp{-mstorem-bug} handles 29k processors which cannot handle the
5232 separation of a mtsrim insn and a storem instruction (most 29000 chips
5233 to date, but not the 29050).
5235 @item -mno-reuse-arg-regs
5236 @itemx -mreuse-arg-regs
5237 @kindex -mreuse-arg-regs
5238 @samp{-mno-reuse-arg-regs} tells the compiler to only use incoming argument
5239 registers for copying out arguments. This helps detect calling a function
5240 with fewer arguments than it was declared with.
5242 @item -mno-impure-text
5243 @itemx -mimpure-text
5244 @kindex -mimpure-text
5245 @samp{-mimpure-text}, used in addition to @samp{-shared}, tells the compiler to
5246 not pass @samp{-assert pure-text} to the linker when linking a shared object.
5249 @kindex -msoft-float
5250 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5251 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.
5252 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
5253 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
5254 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5259 Do not generate multm or multmu instructions. This is useful for some embedded
5260 systems which do not have trap handlers for these instructions.
5264 @subsection ARM Options
5267 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines (ARM)
5272 @kindex -mapcs-frame
5273 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure Call
5274 Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
5275 correct execution of the code. Specifying @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer}
5276 with this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for
5277 leaf functions. The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-frame}.
5281 This is a synonym for @samp{-mapcs-frame}.
5285 Generate code for a processor running with a 26-bit program counter,
5286 and conforming to the function calling standards for the APCS 26-bit
5287 option. This option replaces the @samp{-m2} and @samp{-m3} options
5288 of previous releases of the compiler.
5292 Generate code for a processor running with a 32-bit program counter,
5293 and conforming to the function calling standards for the APCS 32-bit
5294 option. This option replaces the @samp{-m6} option of previous releases
5297 @item -mapcs-stack-check
5298 @kindex -mapcs-stack-check
5299 @kindex -mno-apcs-stack-check
5300 Generate code to check the amount of stack space available upon entry to
5301 every function (that actually uses some stack space). If there is
5302 insufficient space available then either the function
5303 @samp{__rt_stkovf_split_small} or @samp{__rt_stkovf_split_big} will be
5304 called, depending upon the amount of stack space required. The run time
5305 system is required to provide these functions. The default is
5306 @samp{-mno-apcs-stack-check}, since this produces smaller code.
5309 @kindex -mapcs-float
5310 @kindex -mno-apcs-float
5311 Pass floating point arguments using the float point registers. This is
5312 one of the variants of the APCS. This option is recommended if the
5313 target hardware has a floating point unit or if a lot of floating point
5314 arithmetic is going to be performed by the code. The default is
5315 @samp{-mno-apcs-float}, since integer only code is slightly increased in
5316 size if @samp{-mapcs-float} is used.
5318 @item -mapcs-reentrant
5319 @kindex -mapcs-reentrant
5320 @kindex -mno-apcs-reentrant
5321 Generate reentrant, position independent code. This is the equivalent
5322 to specifying the @samp{-fpic} option. The default is
5323 @samp{-mno-apcs-reentrant}.
5325 @item -mthumb-interwork
5326 @kindex -mthumb-interwork
5327 @kindex -mno-thumb-interwork
5328 Generate code which supports calling between the ARM and THUMB
5329 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
5330 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
5331 @samp{-mno-thumb-interwork}, since slightly larger code is generated
5332 when @samp{-mthumb-interwork} is specified.
5334 @item -mno-sched-prolog
5335 @kindex -mno-sched-prolog
5336 @kindex -msched-prolog
5337 Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or the
5338 merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's
5339 body. This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set
5340 of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of
5341 different function prologues), and this information can be used to
5342 locate the start if functions inside an executable piece of code. The
5343 default is @samp{-msched-prolog}.
5346 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
5350 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5351 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all ARM
5352 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
5353 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
5354 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5357 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
5358 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
5359 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
5360 library that comes with GCC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
5363 @item -mlittle-endian
5364 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
5365 the default for all standard configurations.
5368 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
5369 to compile code for a little-endian processor.
5371 @item -mwords-little-endian
5372 This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
5373 Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte
5374 order. That is, a byte order of the form @samp{32107654}. Note: this
5375 option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for
5376 big-endian ARM processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to
5379 @item -malignment-traps
5380 @kindex -malignment-traps
5381 Generate code that will not trap if the MMU has alignment traps enabled.
5382 On ARM architectures prior to ARMv4, there were no instructions to
5383 access half-word objects stored in memory. However, when reading from
5384 memory a feature of the ARM architecture allows a word load to be used,
5385 even if the address is unaligned, and the processor core will rotate the
5386 data as it is being loaded. This option tells the compiler that such
5387 misaligned accesses will cause a MMU trap and that it should instead
5388 synthesise the access as a series of byte accesses. The compiler can
5389 still use word accesses to load half-word data if it knows that the
5390 address is aligned to a word boundary.
5392 This option is ignored when compiling for ARM architecture 4 or later,
5393 since these processors have instructions to directly access half-word
5396 @item -mno-alignment-traps
5397 @kindex -mno-alignment-traps
5398 Generate code that assumes that the MMU will not trap unaligned
5399 accesses. This produces better code when the target instruction set
5400 does not have half-word memory operations (implementations prior to
5403 Note that you cannot use this option to access unaligned word objects,
5404 since the processor will only fetch one 32-bit aligned object from
5407 The default setting for most targets is -mno-alignment-traps, since
5408 this produces better code when there are no half-word memory
5409 instructions available.
5411 @item -mshort-load-bytes
5412 @kindex -mshort-load-bytes
5413 This is a deprecated alias for @samp{-malignment-traps}.
5415 @item -mno-short-load-bytes
5416 @kindex -mno-short-load-bytes
5417 This is a deprecated alias for @samp{-mno-alignment-traps}.
5419 @item -mshort-load-words
5420 @kindex -mshort-load-words
5421 This is a deprecated alias for @samp{-mno-alignment-traps}.
5423 @item -mno-short-load-words
5424 @kindex -mno-short-load-words
5425 This is a deprecated alias for @samp{-malignment-traps}.
5429 This option only applies to RISC iX. Emulate the native BSD-mode
5430 compiler. This is the default if @samp{-ansi} is not specified.
5434 This option only applies to RISC iX. Emulate the native X/Open-mode
5437 @item -mno-symrename
5438 @kindex -mno-symrename
5439 This option only applies to RISC iX. Do not run the assembler
5440 post-processor, @samp{symrename}, after code has been assembled.
5441 Normally it is necessary to modify some of the standard symbols in
5442 preparation for linking with the RISC iX C library; this option
5443 suppresses this pass. The post-processor is never run when the
5444 compiler is built for cross-compilation.
5448 This specifies the name of the target ARM processor. GCC uses this name
5449 to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
5450 assembly code. Permissible names are: arm2, arm250, arm3, arm6, arm60,
5451 arm600, arm610, arm620, arm7, arm7m, arm7d, arm7dm, arm7di, arm7dmi,
5452 arm70, arm700, arm700i, arm710, arm710c, arm7100, arm7500, arm7500fe,
5453 arm7tdmi, arm8, strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100, arm8, arm810,
5454 arm9, arm920, arm920t, arm9tdmi.
5456 @itemx -mtune=<name>
5458 This option is very similar to the @samp{-mcpu=} option, except that
5459 instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
5460 restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that GCC should
5461 tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
5462 specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it
5463 will generate based on the cpu specified by a @samp{-mcpu=} option.
5464 For some arm implementations better performance can be obtained by using
5469 This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture. GCC uses this
5470 name to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
5471 assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead
5472 of the @samp{-mcpu=} option. Permissible names are: armv2, armv2a,
5473 armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t, armv5.
5475 @item -mfpe=<number>
5476 @itemx -mfp=<number>
5479 This specifies the version of the floating point emulation available on
5480 the target. Permissible values are 2 and 3. @samp{-mfp=} is a synonym
5481 for @samp{-mfpe=} to support older versions of GCC.
5483 @item -mstructure-size-boundary=<n>
5484 @kindex -mstructure-size-boundary
5485 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
5486 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8 and
5487 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF
5488 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
5489 can produce faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
5490 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
5491 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
5492 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
5493 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
5494 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
5496 @item -mabort-on-noreturn
5497 @kindex -mabort-on-noreturn
5498 @kindex -mnoabort-on-noreturn
5499 Generate a call to the function abort at the end of a noreturn function.
5500 It will be executed if the function tries to return.
5503 @itemx -mno-long-calls
5504 Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
5505 address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
5506 call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
5507 will lie outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range of the offset based
5508 version of subroutine call instruction.
5510 Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls will be turned
5511 into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions, functions
5512 which have the @samp{short-call} attribute, functions that are inside
5513 the scope of a @samp{#pragma no_long_calls} directive and functions whose
5514 definitions have already been compiled within the current compilation
5515 unit, will not be turned into long calls. The exception to this rule is
5516 that weak function definitions, functions with the @samp{long-call}
5517 attribute or the @samp{section} attribute, and functions that are within
5518 the scope of a @samp{#pragma long_calls} directive, will always be
5519 turned into long calls.
5521 This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
5522 @samp{--no-long-calls} will restore the default behaviour, as will
5523 placing the function calls within the scope of a @samp{#pragma
5524 long_calls_off} directive. Note these switches have no effect on how
5525 the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function
5528 @item -mnop-fun-dllimport
5529 @kindex -mnop-fun-dllimport
5530 Disable the support for the @emph{dllimport} attribute.
5532 @item -msingle-pic-base
5533 @kindex -msingle-pic-base
5534 Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than
5535 loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
5536 responsible for initialising this register with an appropriate value
5537 before execution begins.
5539 @item -mpic-register=<reg>
5540 @kindex -mpic-register=
5541 Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. The default is R10
5542 unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
5547 @subsection Thumb Options
5548 @cindex Thumb Options
5552 @item -mthumb-interwork
5553 @kindex -mthumb-interwork
5554 @kindex -mno-thumb-interwork
5555 Generate code which supports calling between the THUMB and ARM
5556 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
5557 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
5558 @samp{-mno-thumb-interwork}, since slightly smaller code is generated
5562 @kindex -mtpcs-frame
5563 @kindex -mno-tpcs-frame
5564 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
5565 Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
5566 not call any other functions). The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-frame}.
5568 @item -mtpcs-leaf-frame
5569 @kindex -mtpcs-leaf-frame
5570 @kindex -mno-tpcs-leaf-frame
5571 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
5572 Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
5573 not call any other functions). The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-leaf-frame}.
5575 @item -mlittle-endian
5576 @kindex -mlittle-endian
5577 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
5578 the default for all standard configurations.
5581 @kindex -mbig-endian
5582 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode.
5584 @item -mstructure-size-boundary=<n>
5585 @kindex -mstructure-size-boundary
5586 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
5587 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8 and
5588 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF
5589 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
5590 can produced faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
5591 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
5592 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
5593 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
5594 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
5595 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
5597 @item -mnop-fun-dllimport
5598 @kindex -mnop-fun-dllimport
5599 Disable the support for the @emph{dllimport} attribute.
5601 @item -mcallee-super-interworking
5602 @kindex -mcallee-super-interworking
5603 Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an ARM
5604 instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
5605 rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
5606 non-interworking code.
5608 @item -mcaller-super-interworking
5609 @kindex -mcaller-super-interworking
5610 Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
5611 execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
5612 compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost
5613 of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled.
5615 @item -msingle-pic-base
5616 @kindex -msingle-pic-base
5617 Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than
5618 loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
5619 responsible for initialising this register with an appropriate value
5620 before execution begins.
5622 @item -mpic-register=<reg>
5623 @kindex -mpic-register=
5624 Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. The default is R10.
5628 @node MN10200 Options
5629 @subsection MN10200 Options
5630 @cindex MN10200 options
5631 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Matsushita MN10200 architectures:
5635 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
5636 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
5637 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
5639 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
5642 @node MN10300 Options
5643 @subsection MN10300 Options
5644 @cindex MN10300 options
5645 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures:
5649 Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300
5650 processors. This is the default.
5653 Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
5657 Generate code which uses features specific to the AM33 processor.
5660 Do not generate code which uses features specific to the AM33 processor. This
5664 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
5665 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
5666 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
5668 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
5672 @node M32R/D Options
5673 @subsection M32R/D Options
5674 @cindex M32R/D options
5676 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Mitsubishi M32R/D architectures:
5679 @item -mcode-model=small
5680 Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
5681 can be loaded with the @code{ld24} instruction), and assume all subroutines
5682 are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction.
5683 This is the default.
5685 The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
5686 @code{model} attribute.
5688 @item -mcode-model=medium
5689 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
5690 will generate @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and
5691 assume all subroutines are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction.
5693 @item -mcode-model=large
5694 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
5695 will generate @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and
5696 assume subroutines may not be reachable with the @code{bl} instruction
5697 (the compiler will generate the much slower @code{seth/add3/jl}
5698 instruction sequence).
5701 Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into
5702 one of @samp{.data}, @samp{bss}, or @samp{.rodata} (unless the
5703 @code{section} attribute has been specified).
5704 This is the default.
5706 The small data area consists of sections @samp{.sdata} and @samp{.sbss}.
5707 Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
5708 @code{section} attribute using one of these sections.
5711 Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
5712 generate special code to reference them.
5715 Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
5716 special instructions to reference them.
5719 @cindex smaller data references
5720 Put global and static objects less than or equal to @var{num} bytes
5721 into the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
5722 sections. The default value of @var{num} is 8.
5723 The @samp{-msdata} option must be set to one of @samp{sdata} or @samp{use}
5724 for this option to have any effect.
5726 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}} value.
5727 Compiling with different values of @var{num} may or may not work; if it
5728 doesn't the linker will give an error message - incorrect code will not be
5734 @subsection M88K Options
5735 @cindex M88k options
5737 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Motorola 88k architectures:
5742 Generate code that works well on both the m88100 and the
5747 Generate code that works best for the m88100, but that also
5752 Generate code that works best for the m88110, and may not run
5757 Obsolete option to be removed from the next revision.
5760 @item -midentify-revision
5761 @kindex -midentify-revision
5763 @cindex identifying source, compiler (88k)
5764 Include an @code{ident} directive in the assembler output recording the
5765 source file name, compiler name and version, timestamp, and compilation
5768 @item -mno-underscores
5769 @kindex -mno-underscores
5770 @cindex underscores, avoiding (88k)
5771 In assembler output, emit symbol names without adding an underscore
5772 character at the beginning of each name. The default is to use an
5773 underscore as prefix on each name.
5775 @item -mocs-debug-info
5776 @itemx -mno-ocs-debug-info
5777 @kindex -mocs-debug-info
5778 @kindex -mno-ocs-debug-info
5780 @cindex debugging, 88k OCS
5781 Include (or omit) additional debugging information (about registers used
5782 in each stack frame) as specified in the 88open Object Compatibility
5783 Standard, ``OCS''. This extra information allows debugging of code that
5784 has had the frame pointer eliminated. The default for DG/UX, SVr4, and
5785 Delta 88 SVr3.2 is to include this information; other 88k configurations
5786 omit this information by default.
5788 @item -mocs-frame-position
5789 @kindex -mocs-frame-position
5790 @cindex register positions in frame (88k)
5791 When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic variables and
5792 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the canonical frame
5793 address, which is the stack pointer (register 31) on entry to the
5794 function. The DG/UX, SVr4, Delta88 SVr3.2, and BCS configurations use
5795 @samp{-mocs-frame-position}; other 88k configurations have the default
5796 @samp{-mno-ocs-frame-position}.
5798 @item -mno-ocs-frame-position
5799 @kindex -mno-ocs-frame-position
5800 @cindex register positions in frame (88k)
5801 When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic variables and
5802 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the frame pointer
5803 register (register 30). When this option is in effect, the frame
5804 pointer is not eliminated when debugging information is selected by the
5807 @item -moptimize-arg-area
5808 @itemx -mno-optimize-arg-area
5809 @kindex -moptimize-arg-area
5810 @kindex -mno-optimize-arg-area
5811 @cindex arguments in frame (88k)
5812 Control how function arguments are stored in stack frames.
5813 @samp{-moptimize-arg-area} saves space by optimizing them, but this
5814 conflicts with the 88open specifications. The opposite alternative,
5815 @samp{-mno-optimize-arg-area}, agrees with 88open standards. By default
5816 GCC does not optimize the argument area.
5818 @item -mshort-data-@var{num}
5819 @kindex -mshort-data-@var{num}
5820 @cindex smaller data references (88k)
5821 @cindex r0-relative references (88k)
5822 Generate smaller data references by making them relative to @code{r0},
5823 which allows loading a value using a single instruction (rather than the
5824 usual two). You control which data references are affected by
5825 specifying @var{num} with this option. For example, if you specify
5826 @samp{-mshort-data-512}, then the data references affected are those
5827 involving displacements of less than 512 bytes.
5828 @samp{-mshort-data-@var{num}} is not effective for @var{num} greater
5831 @item -mserialize-volatile
5832 @kindex -mserialize-volatile
5833 @itemx -mno-serialize-volatile
5834 @kindex -mno-serialize-volatile
5835 @cindex sequential consistency on 88k
5836 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee sequential consistency
5837 of volatile memory references. By default, consistency is
5840 The order of memory references made by the MC88110 processor does
5841 not always match the order of the instructions requesting those
5842 references. In particular, a load instruction may execute before
5843 a preceding store instruction. Such reordering violates
5844 sequential consistency of volatile memory references, when there
5845 are multiple processors. When consistency must be guaranteed,
5846 GNU C generates special instructions, as needed, to force
5847 execution in the proper order.
5849 The MC88100 processor does not reorder memory references and so
5850 always provides sequential consistency. However, by default, GNU
5851 C generates the special instructions to guarantee consistency
5852 even when you use @samp{-m88100}, so that the code may be run on an
5853 MC88110 processor. If you intend to run your code only on the
5854 MC88100 processor, you may use @samp{-mno-serialize-volatile}.
5856 The extra code generated to guarantee consistency may affect the
5857 performance of your application. If you know that you can safely
5858 forgo this guarantee, you may use @samp{-mno-serialize-volatile}.
5864 @cindex assembler syntax, 88k
5866 Turn on (@samp{-msvr4}) or off (@samp{-msvr3}) compiler extensions
5867 related to System V release 4 (SVr4). This controls the following:
5871 Which variant of the assembler syntax to emit.
5873 @samp{-msvr4} makes the C preprocessor recognize @samp{#pragma weak}
5874 that is used on System V release 4.
5876 @samp{-msvr4} makes GCC issue additional declaration directives used in
5880 @samp{-msvr4} is the default for the m88k-motorola-sysv4 and
5881 m88k-dg-dgux m88k configurations. @samp{-msvr3} is the default for all
5882 other m88k configurations.
5884 @item -mversion-03.00
5885 @kindex -mversion-03.00
5886 This option is obsolete, and is ignored.
5887 @c ??? which asm syntax better for GAS? option there too?
5889 @item -mno-check-zero-division
5890 @itemx -mcheck-zero-division
5891 @kindex -mno-check-zero-division
5892 @kindex -mcheck-zero-division
5893 @cindex zero division on 88k
5894 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee that integer division by
5895 zero will be detected. By default, detection is guaranteed.
5897 Some models of the MC88100 processor fail to trap upon integer
5898 division by zero under certain conditions. By default, when
5899 compiling code that might be run on such a processor, GNU C
5900 generates code that explicitly checks for zero-valued divisors
5901 and traps with exception number 503 when one is detected. Use of
5902 mno-check-zero-division suppresses such checking for code
5903 generated to run on an MC88100 processor.
5905 GNU C assumes that the MC88110 processor correctly detects all
5906 instances of integer division by zero. When @samp{-m88110} is
5907 specified, both @samp{-mcheck-zero-division} and
5908 @samp{-mno-check-zero-division} are ignored, and no explicit checks for
5909 zero-valued divisors are generated.
5911 @item -muse-div-instruction
5912 @kindex -muse-div-instruction
5913 @cindex divide instruction, 88k
5914 Use the div instruction for signed integer division on the
5915 MC88100 processor. By default, the div instruction is not used.
5917 On the MC88100 processor the signed integer division instruction
5918 div) traps to the operating system on a negative operand. The
5919 operating system transparently completes the operation, but at a
5920 large cost in execution time. By default, when compiling code
5921 that might be run on an MC88100 processor, GNU C emulates signed
5922 integer division using the unsigned integer division instruction
5923 divu), thereby avoiding the large penalty of a trap to the
5924 operating system. Such emulation has its own, smaller, execution
5925 cost in both time and space. To the extent that your code's
5926 important signed integer division operations are performed on two
5927 nonnegative operands, it may be desirable to use the div
5928 instruction directly.
5930 On the MC88110 processor the div instruction (also known as the
5931 divs instruction) processes negative operands without trapping to
5932 the operating system. When @samp{-m88110} is specified,
5933 @samp{-muse-div-instruction} is ignored, and the div instruction is used
5934 for signed integer division.
5936 Note that the result of dividing INT_MIN by -1 is undefined. In
5937 particular, the behavior of such a division with and without
5938 @samp{-muse-div-instruction} may differ.
5940 @item -mtrap-large-shift
5941 @itemx -mhandle-large-shift
5942 @kindex -mtrap-large-shift
5943 @kindex -mhandle-large-shift
5944 @cindex bit shift overflow (88k)
5945 @cindex large bit shifts (88k)
5946 Include code to detect bit-shifts of more than 31 bits; respectively,
5947 trap such shifts or emit code to handle them properly. By default GCC
5948 makes no special provision for large bit shifts.
5950 @item -mwarn-passed-structs
5951 @kindex -mwarn-passed-structs
5952 @cindex structure passing (88k)
5953 Warn when a function passes a struct as an argument or result.
5954 Structure-passing conventions have changed during the evolution of the C
5955 language, and are often the source of portability problems. By default,
5956 GCC issues no such warning.
5959 @node RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
5960 @subsection IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
5961 @cindex RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
5962 @cindex IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
5964 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC:
5972 @itemx -mpowerpc-gpopt
5973 @itemx -mno-powerpc-gpopt
5974 @itemx -mpowerpc-gfxopt
5975 @itemx -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
5977 @itemx -mno-powerpc64
5981 @kindex -mpowerpc-gpopt
5982 @kindex -mpowerpc-gfxopt
5984 GCC supports two related instruction set architectures for the
5985 RS/6000 and PowerPC. The @dfn{POWER} instruction set are those
5986 instructions supported by the @samp{rios} chip set used in the original
5987 RS/6000 systems and the @dfn{PowerPC} instruction set is the
5988 architecture of the Motorola MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
5989 the IBM 4xx microprocessors.
5991 Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there is a
5992 large common subset of instructions supported by both. An MQ
5993 register is included in processors supporting the POWER architecture.
5995 You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the
5996 processor you are using. The default value of these options is
5997 determined when configuring GCC. Specifying the
5998 @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} overrides the specification of these
5999 options. We recommend you use the @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} option
6000 rather than the options listed above.
6002 The @samp{-mpower} option allows GCC to generate instructions that
6003 are found only in the POWER architecture and to use the MQ register.
6004 Specifying @samp{-mpower2} implies @samp{-power} and also allows GCC
6005 to generate instructions that are present in the POWER2 architecture but
6006 not the original POWER architecture.
6008 The @samp{-mpowerpc} option allows GCC to generate instructions that
6009 are found only in the 32-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.
6010 Specifying @samp{-mpowerpc-gpopt} implies @samp{-mpowerpc} and also allows
6011 GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
6012 General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying
6013 @samp{-mpowerpc-gfxopt} implies @samp{-mpowerpc} and also allows GCC to
6014 use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics
6015 group, including floating-point select.
6017 The @samp{-mpowerpc64} option allows GCC to generate the additional
6018 64-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture
6019 and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. GCC defaults to
6020 @samp{-mno-powerpc64}.
6022 If you specify both @samp{-mno-power} and @samp{-mno-powerpc}, GCC
6023 will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
6024 architectures plus some special AIX common-mode calls, and will not use
6025 the MQ register. Specifying both @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc}
6026 permits GCC to use any instruction from either architecture and to
6027 allow use of the MQ register; specify this for the Motorola MPC601.
6029 @item -mnew-mnemonics
6030 @itemx -mold-mnemonics
6031 @kindex -mnew-mnemonics
6032 @kindex -mold-mnemonics
6033 Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code.
6034 @samp{-mnew-mnemonics} requests output that uses the assembler mnemonics
6035 defined for the PowerPC architecture, while @samp{-mold-mnemonics}
6036 requests the assembler mnemonics defined for the POWER architecture.
6037 Instructions defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic;
6038 GCC uses that mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is
6041 GCC defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
6042 use. Specifying @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} sometimes overrides the
6043 value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
6044 should normally not specify either @samp{-mnew-mnemonics} or
6045 @samp{-mold-mnemonics}, but should instead accept the default.
6047 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
6049 Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
6050 instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}.
6051 Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are @samp{rios}, @samp{rios1},
6052 @samp{rsc}, @samp{rios2}, @samp{rs64a}, @samp{601}, @samp{602},
6053 @samp{603}, @samp{603e}, @samp{604}, @samp{604e}, @samp{620},
6054 @samp{630}, @samp{740}, @samp{750}, @samp{power}, @samp{power2},
6055 @samp{powerpc}, @samp{403}, @samp{505}, @samp{801}, @samp{821},
6056 @samp{823}, and @samp{860} and @samp{common}. @samp{-mcpu=power},
6057 @samp{-mcpu=power2}, @samp{-mcpu=powerpc}, and @samp{-mcpu=powerpc64}
6058 specify generic POWER, POWER2, pure 32-bit PowerPC (i.e., not MPC601),
6059 and 64-bit PowerPC architecture machine types, with an appropriate,
6060 generic processor model assumed for scheduling purposes.@refill
6062 Specifying any of the following options:
6063 @samp{-mcpu=rios1}, @samp{-mcpu=rios2}, @samp{-mcpu=rsc},
6064 @samp{-mcpu=power}, or @samp{-mcpu=power2}
6065 enables the @samp{-mpower} option and disables the @samp{-mpowerpc} option;
6066 @samp{-mcpu=601} enables both the @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc} options.
6067 All of @samp{-mcpu=rs64a}, @samp{-mcpu=602}, @samp{-mcpu=603},
6068 @samp{-mcpu=603e}, @samp{-mcpu=604}, @samp{-mcpu=620}, @samp{-mcpu=630},
6069 @samp{-mcpu=740}, and @samp{-mcpu=750}
6070 enable the @samp{-mpowerpc} option and disable the @samp{-mpower} option.
6071 Exactly similarly, all of @samp{-mcpu=403},
6072 @samp{-mcpu=505}, @samp{-mcpu=821}, @samp{-mcpu=860} and @samp{-mcpu=powerpc}
6073 enable the @samp{-mpowerpc} option and disable the @samp{-mpower} option.
6074 @samp{-mcpu=common} disables both the
6075 @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc} options.@refill
6077 AIX versions 4 or greater selects @samp{-mcpu=common} by default, so
6078 that code will operate on all members of the RS/6000 POWER and PowerPC
6079 families. In that case, GCC will use only the instructions in the
6080 common subset of both architectures plus some special AIX common-mode
6081 calls, and will not use the MQ register. GCC assumes a generic
6082 processor model for scheduling purposes.
6084 Specifying any of the options @samp{-mcpu=rios1}, @samp{-mcpu=rios2},
6085 @samp{-mcpu=rsc}, @samp{-mcpu=power}, or @samp{-mcpu=power2} also
6086 disables the @samp{new-mnemonics} option. Specifying @samp{-mcpu=601},
6087 @samp{-mcpu=602}, @samp{-mcpu=603}, @samp{-mcpu=603e}, @samp{-mcpu=604},
6088 @samp{-mcpu=620}, @samp{-mcpu=630}, @samp{-mcpu=403}, @samp{-mcpu=505},
6089 @samp{-mcpu=821}, @samp{-mcpu=860} or @samp{-mcpu=powerpc} also enables
6090 the @samp{new-mnemonics} option.@refill
6092 Specifying @samp{-mcpu=403}, @samp{-mcpu=821}, or @samp{-mcpu=860} also
6093 enables the @samp{-msoft-float} option.
6095 @item -mtune=@var{cpu_type}
6096 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
6097 @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the architecture type, register usage,
6098 choice of mnemonics like @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} would. The same
6099 values for @var{cpu_type} are used for @samp{-mtune=}@var{cpu_type} as
6100 for @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type}. The @samp{-mtune=}@var{cpu_type}
6101 option overrides the @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} option in terms of
6102 instruction scheduling parameters.
6105 @itemx -mno-fp-in-toc
6106 @itemx -mno-sum-in-toc
6107 @itemx -mminimal-toc
6108 @kindex -mminimal-toc
6109 Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created for
6110 every executable file. The @samp{-mfull-toc} option is selected by
6111 default. In that case, GCC will allocate at least one TOC entry for
6112 each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. GCC
6113 will also place floating-point constants in the TOC. However, only
6114 16,384 entries are available in the TOC.
6116 If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed
6117 the available TOC space, you can reduce the amount of TOC space used
6118 with the @samp{-mno-fp-in-toc} and @samp{-mno-sum-in-toc} options.
6119 @samp{-mno-fp-in-toc} prevents GCC from putting floating-point
6120 constants in the TOC and @samp{-mno-sum-in-toc} forces GCC to
6121 generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at
6122 run-time instead of putting that sum into the TOC. You may specify one
6123 or both of these options. Each causes GCC to produce very slightly
6124 slower and larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.
6126 If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify both of
6127 these options, specify @samp{-mminimal-toc} instead. This option causes
6128 GCC to make only one TOC entry for every file. When you specify this
6129 option, GCC will produce code that is slower and larger but which
6130 uses extremely little TOC space. You may wish to use this option
6131 only on files that contain less frequently executed code. @refill
6137 Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit
6138 @code{long} type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
6139 Specifying @samp{-maix64} implies @samp{-mpowerpc64} and
6140 @samp{-mpowerpc}, while @samp{-maix32} disables the 64-bit ABI and
6141 implies @samp{-mno-powerpc64}. GCC defaults to @samp{-maix32}.
6146 On AIX, pass floating-point arguments to prototyped functions beyond the
6147 register save area (RSA) on the stack in addition to argument FPRs. The
6148 AIX calling convention was extended but not initially documented to
6149 handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the
6150 address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. AIX XL
6151 compilers access floating point arguments which do not fit in the
6152 RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
6153 optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
6154 stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
6155 default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by AIX
6156 XL compilers without optimization.
6160 Support @dfn{AIX Threads}. Link an application written to use
6161 @dfn{pthreads} with special libraries and startup code to enable the
6166 Support @dfn{IBM RS/6000 SP} @dfn{Parallel Environment} (PE). Link an
6167 application written to use message passing with special startup code to
6168 enable the application to run. The system must have PE installed in the
6169 standard location (@file{/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/}), or the @file{specs} file
6170 must be overridden with the @samp{-specs=} option to specify the
6171 appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not
6172 support threads, so the @samp{-mpe} option and the @samp{-mthreads}
6173 option are incompatible.
6177 @kindex -msoft-float
6178 Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
6179 Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
6180 @samp{-msoft-float} option, and pass the option to GCC when linking.
6183 @itemx -mno-multiple
6184 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
6185 instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
6186 instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not
6187 generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use @samp{-mmultiple} on little
6188 endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
6189 processor is in little endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740 and
6190 PPC750 which permit the instructions usage in little endian mode.
6195 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
6196 and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and
6197 do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on
6198 POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use
6199 @samp{-mstring} on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
6200 instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian mode.
6201 The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit the instructions
6202 usage in little endian mode.
6207 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions
6208 that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory
6209 location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use
6210 @samp{-mno-update}, there is a small window between the time that the
6211 stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
6212 stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or
6213 signals may get corrupted data.
6216 @itemx -mno-fused-madd
6217 @kindex -mfused-madd
6218 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
6219 accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
6220 hardware floating is used.
6222 @item -mno-bit-align
6225 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
6226 and unions that contain bit fields to be aligned to the base type of the
6229 For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
6230 @code{unsigned} bitfields of length 1 would be aligned to a 4 byte
6231 boundary and have a size of 4 bytes. By using @samp{-mno-bit-align},
6232 the structure would be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
6235 @item -mno-strict-align
6236 @itemx -mstrict-align
6237 @kindex -mstrict-align
6238 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
6239 unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
6242 @itemx -mno-relocatable
6243 @kindex -mrelocatable
6244 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
6245 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. If you
6246 use @samp{-mrelocatable} on any module, all objects linked together must
6247 be compiled with @samp{-mrelocatable} or @samp{-mrelocatable-lib}.
6249 @item -mrelocatable-lib
6250 @itemx -mno-relocatable-lib
6251 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
6252 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. Modules
6253 compiled with @samp{-mrelocatable-lib} can be linked with either modules
6254 compiled without @samp{-mrelocatable} and @samp{-mrelocatable-lib} or
6255 with modules compiled with the @samp{-mrelocatable} options.
6259 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
6260 register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
6261 used in the program.
6264 @itemx -mlittle-endian
6265 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
6266 processor in little endian mode. The @samp{-mlittle-endian} option is
6267 the same as @samp{-mlittle}.
6271 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
6272 processor in big endian mode. The @samp{-mbig-endian} option is
6273 the same as @samp{-mbig}.
6276 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
6277 conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
6278 Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
6279 default unless you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}.
6281 @item -mcall-sysv-eabi
6282 Specify both @samp{-mcall-sysv} and @samp{-meabi} options.
6284 @item -mcall-sysv-noeabi
6285 Specify both @samp{-mcall-sysv} and @samp{-mno-eabi} options.
6288 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
6289 conventions that are similar to those used on AIX. This is the
6290 default if you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}.
6292 @item -mcall-solaris
6293 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Solaris
6297 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
6298 Linux-based GNU system.
6301 @itemx -mno-prototype
6302 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
6303 variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
6304 compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
6305 set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (@var{CR}) to
6306 indicate whether floating point values were passed in the floating point
6307 registers in case the function takes a variable arguments. With
6308 @samp{-mprototype}, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions
6309 will set or clear the bit.
6312 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
6313 @file{sim-crt0.o} and that the standard C libraries are @file{libsim.a} and
6314 @file{libc.a}. This is the default for @samp{powerpc-*-eabisim}.
6318 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
6319 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libmvme.a} and
6323 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
6324 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libads.a} and
6328 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
6329 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libyk.a} and
6333 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are
6334 compiling for a VxWorks system.
6337 On embedded PowerPC systems, set the @var{PPC_EMB} bit in the ELF flags
6338 header to indicate that @samp{eabi} extended relocations are used.
6342 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
6343 Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
6344 modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting @option{-meabi}
6345 means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
6346 @code{__eabi} is called to from @code{main} to set up the eabi
6347 environment, and the @samp{-msdata} option can use both @code{r2} and
6348 @code{r13} to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
6349 @option{-mno-eabi} means that the stack is aligned to a 16 byte boundary,
6350 do not call an initialization function from @code{main}, and the
6351 @samp{-msdata} option will only use @code{r13} to point to a single
6352 small data area. The @samp{-meabi} option is on by default if you
6353 configured GCC using one of the @samp{powerpc*-*-eabi*} options.
6356 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
6357 @code{const} global and static data in the @samp{.sdata2} section, which
6358 is pointed to by register @code{r2}. Put small initialized
6359 non-@code{const} global and static data in the @samp{.sdata} section,
6360 which is pointed to by register @code{r13}. Put small uninitialized
6361 global and static data in the @samp{.sbss} section, which is adjacent to
6362 the @samp{.sdata} section. The @samp{-msdata=eabi} option is
6363 incompatible with the @samp{-mrelocatable} option. The
6364 @samp{-msdata=eabi} option also sets the @samp{-memb} option.
6367 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
6368 data in the @samp{.sdata} section, which is pointed to by register
6369 @code{r13}. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
6370 @samp{.sbss} section, which is adjacent to the @samp{.sdata} section.
6371 The @samp{-msdata=sysv} option is incompatible with the
6372 @samp{-mrelocatable} option.
6374 @item -msdata=default
6376 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if @samp{-meabi} is used,
6377 compile code the same as @samp{-msdata=eabi}, otherwise compile code the
6378 same as @samp{-msdata=sysv}.
6381 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
6382 data in the @samp{.sdata} section. Put small uninitialized global and
6383 static data in the @samp{.sbss} section. Do not use register @code{r13}
6384 to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
6385 other @samp{-msdata} options are used.
6389 On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data
6390 in the @samp{.data} section, and all uninitialized data in the
6391 @samp{.bss} section.
6394 @cindex smaller data references (PowerPC)
6395 @cindex .sdata/.sdata2 references (PowerPC)
6396 On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
6397 equal to @var{num} bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
6398 the normal data or bss section. By default, @var{num} is 8. The
6399 @samp{-G @var{num}} switch is also passed to the linker.
6400 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}} value.
6403 @itemx -mno-regnames
6404 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register
6405 names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
6410 @subsection IBM RT Options
6412 @cindex IBM RT options
6414 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RT PC:
6418 Use an in-line code sequence for integer multiplies. This is the
6421 @item -mcall-lib-mul
6422 Call @code{lmul$$} for integer multiples.
6424 @item -mfull-fp-blocks
6425 Generate full-size floating point data blocks, including the minimum
6426 amount of scratch space recommended by IBM. This is the default.
6428 @item -mminimum-fp-blocks
6429 Do not include extra scratch space in floating point data blocks. This
6430 results in smaller code, but slower execution, since scratch space must
6431 be allocated dynamically.
6433 @cindex @file{varargs.h} and RT PC
6434 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and RT PC
6435 @item -mfp-arg-in-fpregs
6436 Use a calling sequence incompatible with the IBM calling convention in
6437 which floating point arguments are passed in floating point registers.
6438 Note that @code{varargs.h} and @code{stdargs.h} will not work with
6439 floating point operands if this option is specified.
6441 @item -mfp-arg-in-gregs
6442 Use the normal calling convention for floating point arguments. This is
6445 @item -mhc-struct-return
6446 Return structures of more than one word in memory, rather than in a
6447 register. This provides compatibility with the MetaWare HighC (hc)
6448 compiler. Use the option @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} for compatibility
6449 with the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
6451 @item -mnohc-struct-return
6452 Return some structures of more than one word in registers, when
6453 convenient. This is the default. For compatibility with the
6454 IBM-supplied compilers, use the option @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} or the
6455 option @samp{-mhc-struct-return}.
6459 @subsection MIPS Options
6460 @cindex MIPS options
6462 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the MIPS family of computers:
6465 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
6466 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} when scheduling
6467 instructions. The choices for @var{cpu type} are @samp{r2000}, @samp{r3000},
6468 @samp{r3900}, @samp{r4000}, @samp{r4100}, @samp{r4300}, @samp{r4400},
6469 @samp{r4600}, @samp{r4650}, @samp{r5000}, @samp{r6000}, @samp{r8000},
6470 and @samp{orion}. Additionally, the @samp{r2000}, @samp{r3000},
6471 @samp{r4000}, @samp{r5000}, and @samp{r6000} can be abbreviated as
6472 @samp{r2k} (or @samp{r2K}), @samp{r3k}, etc. While picking a specific
6473 @var{cpu type} will schedule things appropriately for that particular
6474 chip, the compiler will not generate any code that does not meet level 1
6475 of the MIPS ISA (instruction set architecture) without a @samp{-mipsX}
6476 or @samp{-mabi} switch being used.
6479 Issue instructions from level 1 of the MIPS ISA. This is the default.
6480 @samp{r3000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
6483 Issue instructions from level 2 of the MIPS ISA (branch likely, square
6484 root instructions). @samp{r6000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this
6488 Issue instructions from level 3 of the MIPS ISA (64-bit instructions).
6489 @samp{r4000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
6492 Issue instructions from level 4 of the MIPS ISA (conditional move,
6493 prefetch, enhanced FPU instructions). @samp{r8000} is the default
6494 @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
6497 Assume that 32 32-bit floating point registers are available. This is
6501 Assume that 32 64-bit floating point registers are available. This is
6502 the default when the @samp{-mips3} option is used.
6505 Assume that 32 32-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
6509 Assume that 32 64-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
6510 the default when the @samp{-mips3} option is used.
6513 Force int and long types to be 64 bits wide. See @samp{-mlong32} for an
6514 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
6517 Force long types to be 64 bits wide. See @samp{-mlong32} for an
6518 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
6521 Force long, int, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
6523 If none of @samp{-mlong32}, @samp{-mlong64}, or @samp{-mint64} are set,
6524 the size of ints, longs, and pointers depends on the ABI and ISA chosen.
6525 For @samp{-mabi=32}, and @samp{-mabi=n32}, ints and longs are 32 bits
6526 wide. For @samp{-mabi=64}, ints are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide.
6527 For @samp{-mabi=eabi} and either @samp{-mips1} or @samp{-mips2}, ints
6528 and longs are 32 bits wide. For @samp{-mabi=eabi} and higher ISAs, ints
6529 are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide. The width of pointer types is
6530 the smaller of the width of longs or the width of general purpose
6531 registers (which in turn depends on the ISA).
6538 Generate code for the indicated ABI. The default instruction level is
6539 @samp{-mips1} for @samp{32}, @samp{-mips3} for @samp{n32}, and
6540 @samp{-mips4} otherwise. Conversely, with @samp{-mips1} or
6541 @samp{-mips2}, the default ABI is @samp{32}; otherwise, the default ABI
6545 Generate code for the MIPS assembler, and invoke @file{mips-tfile} to
6546 add normal debug information. This is the default for all
6547 platforms except for the OSF/1 reference platform, using the OSF/rose
6548 object format. If the either of the @samp{-gstabs} or @samp{-gstabs+}
6549 switches are used, the @file{mips-tfile} program will encapsulate the
6550 stabs within MIPS ECOFF.
6553 Generate code for the GNU assembler. This is the default on the OSF/1
6554 reference platform, using the OSF/rose object format. Also, this is
6555 the default if the configure option @samp{--with-gnu-as} is used.
6557 @item -msplit-addresses
6558 @itemx -mno-split-addresses
6559 Generate code to load the high and low parts of address constants separately.
6560 This allows @code{gcc} to optimize away redundant loads of the high order
6561 bits of addresses. This optimization requires GNU as and GNU ld.
6562 This optimization is enabled by default for some embedded targets where
6563 GNU as and GNU ld are standard.
6567 The @samp{-mrnames} switch says to output code using the MIPS software
6568 names for the registers, instead of the hardware names (ie, @var{a0}
6569 instead of @var{$4}). The only known assembler that supports this option
6570 is the Algorithmics assembler.
6574 The @samp{-mgpopt} switch says to write all of the data declarations
6575 before the instructions in the text section, this allows the MIPS
6576 assembler to generate one word memory references instead of using two
6577 words for short global or static data items. This is on by default if
6578 optimization is selected.
6582 For each non-inline function processed, the @samp{-mstats} switch
6583 causes the compiler to emit one line to the standard error file to
6584 print statistics about the program (number of registers saved, stack
6589 The @samp{-mmemcpy} switch makes all block moves call the appropriate
6590 string function (@samp{memcpy} or @samp{bcopy}) instead of possibly
6591 generating inline code.
6594 @itemx -mno-mips-tfile
6595 The @samp{-mno-mips-tfile} switch causes the compiler not
6596 postprocess the object file with the @file{mips-tfile} program,
6597 after the MIPS assembler has generated it to add debug support. If
6598 @file{mips-tfile} is not run, then no local variables will be
6599 available to the debugger. In addition, @file{stage2} and
6600 @file{stage3} objects will have the temporary file names passed to the
6601 assembler embedded in the object file, which means the objects will
6602 not compare the same. The @samp{-mno-mips-tfile} switch should only
6603 be used when there are bugs in the @file{mips-tfile} program that
6604 prevents compilation.
6607 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
6608 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.
6609 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
6610 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
6611 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
6615 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
6616 default if you use the unmodified sources.
6619 @itemx -mno-abicalls
6620 Emit (or do not emit) the pseudo operations @samp{.abicalls},
6621 @samp{.cpload}, and @samp{.cprestore} that some System V.4 ports use for
6622 position independent code.
6625 @itemx -mno-long-calls
6626 Do all calls with the @samp{JALR} instruction, which requires
6627 loading up a function's address into a register before the call.
6628 You need to use this switch, if you call outside of the current
6629 512 megabyte segment to functions that are not through pointers.
6632 @itemx -mno-half-pic
6633 Put pointers to extern references into the data section and load them
6634 up, rather than put the references in the text section.
6636 @item -membedded-pic
6637 @itemx -mno-embedded-pic
6638 Generate PIC code suitable for some embedded systems. All calls are
6639 made using PC relative address, and all data is addressed using the $gp
6640 register. No more than 65536 bytes of global data may be used. This
6641 requires GNU as and GNU ld which do most of the work. This currently
6642 only works on targets which use ECOFF; it does not work with ELF.
6644 @item -membedded-data
6645 @itemx -mno-embedded-data
6646 Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
6647 next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
6648 slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of RAM required
6649 when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
6651 @item -muninit-const-in-rodata
6652 @itemx -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
6653 When used together with -membedded-data, it will always store uninitialized
6654 const variables in the read-only data section.
6656 @item -msingle-float
6657 @itemx -mdouble-float
6658 The @samp{-msingle-float} switch tells gcc to assume that the floating
6659 point coprocessor only supports single precision operations, as on the
6660 @samp{r4650} chip. The @samp{-mdouble-float} switch permits gcc to use
6661 double precision operations. This is the default.
6665 Permit use of the @samp{mad}, @samp{madu} and @samp{mul} instructions,
6666 as on the @samp{r4650} chip.
6669 Turns on @samp{-msingle-float}, @samp{-mmad}, and, at least for now,
6674 Enable 16-bit instructions.
6677 Use the entry and exit pseudo ops. This option can only be used with
6681 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
6682 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
6685 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
6686 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
6689 @cindex smaller data references (MIPS)
6690 @cindex gp-relative references (MIPS)
6691 Put global and static items less than or equal to @var{num} bytes into
6692 the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
6693 section. This allows the assembler to emit one word memory reference
6694 instructions based on the global pointer (@var{gp} or @var{$28}),
6695 instead of the normal two words used. By default, @var{num} is 8 when
6696 the MIPS assembler is used, and 0 when the GNU assembler is used. The
6697 @samp{-G @var{num}} switch is also passed to the assembler and linker.
6698 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}}
6702 Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
6703 assembler files (with a @samp{.s} suffix) when assembling them.
6706 Pass an option to gas which will cause nops to be inserted if
6707 the read of the destination register of an mfhi or mflo instruction
6708 occurs in the following two instructions.
6711 Do not include the default crt0.
6715 These options are defined by the macro
6716 @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} in the machine description. The default for the
6717 options is also defined by that macro, which enables you to change the
6722 @subsection Intel 386 Options
6723 @cindex i386 Options
6724 @cindex Intel 386 Options
6726 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the i386 family of computers:
6729 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
6730 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} when scheduling
6731 instructions. The choices for @var{cpu type} are @samp{i386},
6732 @samp{i486}, @samp{i586}, @samp{i686}, @samp{pentium},
6733 @samp{pentiumpro}, @samp{pentium4}, @samp{k6}, and @samp{athlon}
6735 While picking a specific @var{cpu type} will schedule things appropriately
6736 for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any code that
6737 does not run on the i386 without the @samp{-march=@var{cpu type}} option
6738 being used. @samp{i586} is equivalent to @samp{pentium} and @samp{i686}
6739 is equivalent to @samp{pentiumpro}. @samp{k6} and @samp{athlon} are the
6740 AMD chips as opposed to the Intel ones.
6742 @item -march=@var{cpu type}
6743 Generate instructions for the machine type @var{cpu type}. The choices
6744 for @var{cpu type} are the same as for @samp{-mcpu}. Moreover,
6745 specifying @samp{-march=@var{cpu type}} implies @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu type}}.
6751 Synonyms for -mcpu=i386, -mcpu=i486, -mcpu=pentium, and -mcpu=pentiumpro
6752 respectively. These synonyms are deprecated.
6754 @item -mintel-syntax
6755 Emit assembly using Intel syntax opcodes instead of AT&T syntax.
6759 Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating point
6760 comparisons. These handle correctly the case where the result of a
6761 comparison is unordered.
6764 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
6765 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.
6766 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
6767 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
6768 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
6771 On machines where a function returns floating point results in the 80387
6772 register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted even if
6773 @samp{-msoft-float} is used.
6775 @item -mno-fp-ret-in-387
6776 Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.
6778 The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
6779 @code{float} and @code{double} in an FPU register, even if there
6780 is no FPU. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
6783 The option @samp{-mno-fp-ret-in-387} causes such values to be returned
6784 in ordinary CPU registers instead.
6786 @item -mno-fancy-math-387
6787 Some 387 emulators do not support the @code{sin}, @code{cos} and
6788 @code{sqrt} instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
6789 generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD.
6790 As of revision 2.6.1, these instructions are not generated unless you
6791 also use the @samp{-funsafe-math-optimizations} switch.
6793 @item -malign-double
6794 @itemx -mno-align-double
6795 Control whether GCC aligns @code{double}, @code{long double}, and
6796 @code{long long} variables on a two word boundary or a one word
6797 boundary. Aligning @code{double} variables on a two word boundary will
6798 produce code that runs somewhat faster on a @samp{Pentium} at the
6799 expense of more memory.
6801 @item -m128bit-long-double
6802 @itemx -m128bit-long-double
6803 Control the size of @code{long double} type. i386 application binary interface
6804 specify the size to be 12 bytes, while modern architectures (Pentium and newer)
6805 preffer @code{long double} aligned to 8 or 16 byte boundary. This is
6806 impossible to reach with 12 byte long doubles in the array accesses.
6808 @strong{Warning:} if you use the @samp{-m128bit-long-double} switch, the
6809 structures and arrays containing @code{long double} will change their size as
6810 well as function calling convention for function taking @code{long double}
6813 @item -m96bit-long-double
6814 @itemx -m96bit-long-double
6815 Set the size of @code{long double} to 96 bits as required by the i386
6816 application binary interface. This is the default.
6819 @itemx -mno-svr3-shlib
6820 Control whether GCC places uninitialized locals into @code{bss} or
6821 @code{data}. @samp{-msvr3-shlib} places these locals into @code{bss}.
6822 These options are meaningful only on System V Release 3.
6824 @item -mno-wide-multiply
6825 @itemx -mwide-multiply
6826 Control whether GCC uses the @code{mul} and @code{imul} that produce
6827 64-bit results in @code{eax:edx} from 32-bit operands to do @code{long
6828 long} multiplies and 32-bit division by constants.
6831 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
6832 take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{ret} @var{num}
6833 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
6834 instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
6837 You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling
6838 sequence with the function attribute @samp{stdcall}. You can also
6839 override the @samp{-mrtd} option by using the function attribute
6840 @samp{cdecl}. @xref{Function Attributes}.
6842 @strong{Warning:} this calling convention is incompatible with the one
6843 normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
6844 libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
6846 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
6847 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
6848 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
6851 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
6852 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
6853 harmlessly ignored.)
6855 @item -mregparm=@var{num}
6856 Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
6857 default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
6858 registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific
6859 function by using the function attribute @samp{regparm}.
6860 @xref{Function Attributes}.
6862 @strong{Warning:} if you use this switch, and
6863 @var{num} is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same
6864 value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and
6867 @item -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num}
6868 Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to @var{num}
6869 byte boundary. If @samp{-mpreferred-stack-boundary} is not specified,
6870 the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
6872 The stack is required to be aligned on a 4 byte boundary. On Pentium
6873 and PentiumPro, @code{double} and @code{long double} values should be
6874 aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see @samp{-malign-double}) or suffer
6875 significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium III, the
6876 Streaming SIMD Extension (SSE) data type @code{__m128} suffers similar
6877 penalties if it is not 16 byte aligned.
6879 To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary
6880 must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.
6881 Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack
6882 aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred
6883 stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack
6884 boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended that
6885 libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
6887 This extra alignment does consume extra stack space. Code that is sensitive
6888 to stack space usage, such as embedded systems and operating system kernels,
6889 may want to reduce the preferred alignment to
6890 @samp{-mpreferred-stack-boundary=2}.
6894 Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter
6895 and usually equally fast as method using SUB/MOV operations and is enabled
6896 by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of
6897 improved scheduling and reduced dependencies.
6899 @item -maccumulate-outgoing-args
6900 @kindex -maccumulate-outgoing-args
6901 If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments will be
6902 computed in the function prologue. This in faster on most modern CPUs
6903 because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage
6904 when preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable
6905 increase in code size. This switch implies -mno-push-args.
6909 Support thread-safe exception handling on @samp{Mingw32}. Code that relies
6910 on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the
6911 @samp{-mthreads} option. When compiling, @samp{-mthreads} defines
6912 @samp{-D_MT}; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
6913 @samp{-lmingwthrd} which cleans up per thread exception handling data.
6915 @item -mno-align-stringops
6916 @kindex -mno-align-stringops
6917 Do not align destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces
6918 code size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned,
6919 but gcc don't know about it.
6921 @item -minline-all-stringops
6922 @kindex -minline-all-stringops
6923 By default GCC inlines string operations only when destination is known to be
6924 aligned at least to 4 byte boundary. This enables more inlining, increase code
6925 size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast memcpy, strlen
6926 and memset for short lengths.
6928 @item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
6929 @kindex -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
6930 Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This
6931 avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
6932 makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option
6933 @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} removes the frame pointer for all functions
6934 which might make debugging harder.
6938 @subsection HPPA Options
6939 @cindex HPPA Options
6941 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the HPPA family of computers:
6944 @item -march=@var{architecture type}
6945 Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
6946 @var{architecture type} are @samp{1.0} for PA 1.0, @samp{1.1} for PA
6947 1.1, and @samp{2.0} for PA 2.0 processors. Refer to
6948 @file{/usr/lib/sched.models} on an HP-UX system to determine the proper
6949 architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
6950 architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the
6953 PA 2.0 support currently requires gas snapshot 19990413 or later. The
6954 next release of binutils (current is 2.9.1) will probably contain PA 2.0
6958 @itemx -mpa-risc-1-1
6959 @itemx -mpa-risc-2-0
6960 Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.
6963 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
6964 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
6967 @item -mjump-in-delay
6968 Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions
6969 by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target
6970 of the conditional jump.
6972 @item -mdisable-fpregs
6973 Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner. This is
6974 necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context switching of
6975 floating point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
6976 floating point operations, the compiler will abort.
6978 @item -mdisable-indexing
6979 Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
6980 rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated code under MACH.
6982 @item -mno-space-regs
6983 Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
6984 GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
6986 Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.
6988 @item -mfast-indirect-calls
6989 Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This
6990 allows GCC to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.
6992 This option will not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested
6995 @item -mlong-load-store
6996 Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
6997 the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the @samp{+k} option to
7000 @item -mportable-runtime
7001 Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF systems.
7004 Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.
7006 @item -mschedule=@var{cpu type}
7007 Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
7008 @var{cpu type}. The choices for @var{cpu type} are @samp{700}
7009 @samp{7100}, @samp{7100LC}, @samp{7200}, and @samp{8000}. Refer to
7010 @file{/usr/lib/sched.models} on an HP-UX system to determine the
7011 proper scheduling option for your machine.
7014 Enable the optimization pass in the HPUX linker. Note this makes symbolic
7015 debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HPUX 8 and HPUX 9 linkers
7016 in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
7019 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
7020 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA
7021 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
7022 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
7023 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
7024 cross-compilation. The embedded target @samp{hppa1.1-*-pro}
7025 does provide software floating point support.
7027 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
7028 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
7029 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
7030 library that comes with GCC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
7034 @node Intel 960 Options
7035 @subsection Intel 960 Options
7037 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Intel 960 implementations:
7040 @item -m@var{cpu type}
7041 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} for some of
7042 the other options, including instruction scheduling, floating point
7043 support, and addressing modes. The choices for @var{cpu type} are
7044 @samp{ka}, @samp{kb}, @samp{mc}, @samp{ca}, @samp{cf},
7045 @samp{sa}, and @samp{sb}.
7051 The @samp{-mnumerics} option indicates that the processor does support
7052 floating-point instructions. The @samp{-msoft-float} option indicates
7053 that floating-point support should not be assumed.
7055 @item -mleaf-procedures
7056 @itemx -mno-leaf-procedures
7057 Do (or do not) attempt to alter leaf procedures to be callable with the
7058 @code{bal} instruction as well as @code{call}. This will result in more
7059 efficient code for explicit calls when the @code{bal} instruction can be
7060 substituted by the assembler or linker, but less efficient code in other
7061 cases, such as calls via function pointers, or using a linker that doesn't
7062 support this optimization.
7065 @itemx -mno-tail-call
7066 Do (or do not) make additional attempts (beyond those of the
7067 machine-independent portions of the compiler) to optimize tail-recursive
7068 calls into branches. You may not want to do this because the detection of
7069 cases where this is not valid is not totally complete. The default is
7070 @samp{-mno-tail-call}.
7072 @item -mcomplex-addr
7073 @itemx -mno-complex-addr
7074 Assume (or do not assume) that the use of a complex addressing mode is a
7075 win on this implementation of the i960. Complex addressing modes may not
7076 be worthwhile on the K-series, but they definitely are on the C-series.
7077 The default is currently @samp{-mcomplex-addr} for all processors except
7081 @itemx -mno-code-align
7082 Align code to 8-byte boundaries for faster fetching (or don't bother).
7083 Currently turned on by default for C-series implementations only.
7086 @item -mclean-linkage
7087 @itemx -mno-clean-linkage
7088 These options are not fully implemented.
7092 @itemx -mic2.0-compat
7093 @itemx -mic3.0-compat
7094 Enable compatibility with iC960 v2.0 or v3.0.
7098 Enable compatibility with the iC960 assembler.
7100 @item -mstrict-align
7101 @itemx -mno-strict-align
7102 Do not permit (do permit) unaligned accesses.
7105 Enable structure-alignment compatibility with Intel's gcc release version
7106 1.3 (based on gcc 1.37). This option implies @samp{-mstrict-align}.
7108 @item -mlong-double-64
7109 Implement type @samp{long double} as 64-bit floating point numbers.
7110 Without the option @samp{long double} is implemented by 80-bit
7111 floating point numbers. The only reason we have it because there is
7112 no 128-bit @samp{long double} support in @samp{fp-bit.c} yet. So it
7113 is only useful for people using soft-float targets. Otherwise, we
7114 should recommend against use of it.
7118 @node DEC Alpha Options
7119 @subsection DEC Alpha Options
7121 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations:
7124 @item -mno-soft-float
7126 Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
7127 floating-point operations. When @option{-msoft-float} is specified,
7128 functions in @file{libgcc1.c} will be used to perform floating-point
7129 operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
7130 floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
7131 emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
7132 operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point
7133 operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call
7136 Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are
7137 required to have floating-point registers.
7141 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
7142 @option{-mno-fp-regs} implies @option{-msoft-float}. If the floating-point
7143 register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in integer
7144 registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
7145 in $0 instead of $f0. This is a non-standard calling sequence, so any
7146 function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
7147 compiled with @option{-mno-fp-regs} must also be compiled with that
7150 A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use,
7151 and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
7154 The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
7155 maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the IEEE floating
7156 point standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
7157 required. This option generates code fully IEEE compliant code
7158 @emph{except} that the @var{inexact flag} is not maintained (see below).
7159 If this option is turned on, the CPP macro @code{_IEEE_FP} is defined
7160 during compilation. The option is a shorthand for: @samp{-D_IEEE_FP
7161 -mfp-trap-mode=su -mtrap-precision=i -mieee-conformant}. The resulting
7162 code is less efficient but is able to correctly support denormalized
7163 numbers and exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and plus/minus
7164 infinity. Other Alpha compilers call this option
7165 @option{-ieee_with_no_inexact}.
7167 @item -mieee-with-inexact
7168 @c overfull hbox here --bob 22 jul96
7169 @c original text between ignore ... end ignore
7171 This is like @samp{-mieee} except the generated code also maintains the
7172 IEEE @var{inexact flag}. Turning on this option causes the generated
7173 code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. The option is a shorthand
7174 for @samp{-D_IEEE_FP -D_IEEE_FP_INEXACT} plus @samp{-mieee-conformant},
7175 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui}, and @samp{-mtrap-precision=i}. On some Alpha
7176 implementations the resulting code may execute significantly slower than
7177 the code generated by default. Since there is very little code that
7178 depends on the @var{inexact flag}, you should normally not specify this
7179 option. Other Alpha compilers call this option
7180 @samp{-ieee_with_inexact}.
7182 @c changed paragraph
7183 This is like @samp{-mieee} except the generated code also maintains the
7184 IEEE @var{inexact flag}. Turning on this option causes the generated
7185 code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. The option is a shorthand
7186 for @samp{-D_IEEE_FP -D_IEEE_FP_INEXACT} plus the three following:
7187 @samp{-mieee-conformant},
7188 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui},
7189 and @samp{-mtrap-precision=i}.
7190 On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
7191 significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there
7192 is very little code that depends on the @var{inexact flag}, you should
7193 normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
7194 option @samp{-ieee_with_inexact}.
7195 @c end changes to prevent overfull hboxes
7197 @item -mfp-trap-mode=@var{trap mode}
7198 This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
7199 Other Alpha compilers call this option @samp{-fptm }@var{trap mode}.
7200 The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
7204 This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled
7205 are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
7209 In addition to the traps enabled by @samp{n}, underflow traps are enabled
7213 Like @samp{su}, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
7214 completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
7217 Like @samp{su}, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
7220 @item -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{rounding mode}
7221 Selects the IEEE rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
7222 @samp{-fprm }@var{rounding mode}. The @var{rounding mode} can be one
7227 Normal IEEE rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards
7228 the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case
7232 Round towards minus infinity.
7235 Chopped rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards zero.
7238 Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating point control register
7239 (@var{fpcr}, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
7240 rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
7241 rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
7242 @var{fpcr}, @samp{d} corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
7245 @item -mtrap-precision=@var{trap precision}
7246 In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise. This
7247 means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a
7248 floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated.
7249 GCC can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers
7250 in determining the exact location that caused a floating point trap.
7251 Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
7252 precisions can be selected:
7256 Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler
7257 can only identify which program caused a floating point exception.
7260 Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
7261 caused a floating point exception.
7264 Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
7265 instruction that caused a floating point exception.
7268 Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
7269 @samp{-scope_safe} and @samp{-resumption_safe}.
7271 @item -mieee-conformant
7272 This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant. You must not
7273 use this option unless you also specify @samp{-mtrap-precision=i} and either
7274 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=su} or @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui}. Its only effect
7275 is to emit the line @samp{.eflag 48} in the function prologue of the
7276 generated assembly file. Under DEC Unix, this has the effect that
7277 IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
7279 @item -mbuild-constants
7280 Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to
7281 see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
7282 instructions. If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
7283 generate code to load it from the data segment at runtime.
7285 Use this option to require GCC to construct @emph{all} integer constants
7286 using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
7288 You would typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
7289 loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
7290 before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
7294 Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
7295 assembler (@samp{-malpha-as}) or by the GNU assembler @samp{-mgas}.
7303 Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX,
7304 CIX, and MAX instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction sets
7305 supported by the CPU type specified via @samp{-mcpu=} option or that
7306 of the CPU on which GCC was built if none was specified.
7308 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
7309 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
7310 parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. You can specify either the
7311 @samp{EV} style name or the corresponding chip number. GCC
7312 supports scheduling parameters for the EV4 and EV5 family of processors
7313 and will choose the default values for the instruction set from
7314 the processor you specify. If you do not specify a processor type,
7315 GCC will default to the processor on which the compiler was built.
7317 Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are
7322 Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.
7326 Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.
7330 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.
7335 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.
7339 Schedules as an EV5 (until Digital releases the scheduling parameters
7340 for the EV6) and supports the BWX, CIX, and MAX extensions.
7343 @item -mmemory-latency=@var{time}
7344 Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
7345 references as seen by the application. This number is highly
7346 dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application
7347 and the size of the external cache on the machine.
7349 Valid options for @var{time} are
7353 A decimal number representing clock cycles.
7359 The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
7360 ``typical'' EV4 & EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
7361 (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
7362 Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.
7367 @node Clipper Options
7368 @subsection Clipper Options
7370 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Clipper implementations:
7374 Produce code for a C300 Clipper processor. This is the default.
7377 Produce code for a C400 Clipper processor i.e. use floating point
7381 @node H8/300 Options
7382 @subsection H8/300 Options
7384 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
7388 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
7389 linker option @samp{-relax}. @xref{H8/300,, @code{ld} and the H8/300,
7390 ld.info, Using ld}, for a fuller description.
7393 Generate code for the H8/300H.
7396 Generate code for the H8/S.
7399 Generate code for the H8/S2600. This switch must be used with -ms.
7402 Make @code{int} data 32 bits by default.
7405 On the H8/300H and H8/S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300.
7406 The default for the H8/300H and H8/S is to align longs and floats on 4
7408 @samp{-malign-300} causes them to be aligned on 2 byte boundaries.
7409 This option has no effect on the H8/300.
7413 @subsection SH Options
7415 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the SH implementations:
7419 Generate code for the SH1.
7422 Generate code for the SH2.
7425 Generate code for the SH3.
7428 Generate code for the SH3e.
7431 Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point unit.
7433 @item -m4-single-only
7434 Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit that only
7435 supports single-precision arithmentic.
7438 Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point unit is in
7439 single-precision mode by default.
7442 Generate code for the SH4.
7445 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
7448 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
7451 Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
7452 conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will
7453 not work unless you recompile it first with -mdalign.
7456 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
7457 linker option @samp{-relax}.
7460 Use 32-bit offsets in @code{switch} tables. The default is to use
7464 Enable the use of the instruction @code{fmovd}.
7467 Comply with the calling conventions defined by Hitachi.
7470 Mark the @code{MAC} register as call-clobbered, even if
7471 @option{-mhitachi} is given.
7474 Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
7477 This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes,
7478 which is incompatible with the SH ABI.
7481 Optimize for space instead of speed. Implied by @option{-Os}.
7484 When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using
7485 the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.
7488 Generate a library function call to invalidate instruction cache
7489 entries, after fixing up a trampoline. This library function call
7490 doesn't assume it can write to the whole memory address space. This
7491 is the default when the target is @code{sh-*-linux*}.
7494 @node System V Options
7495 @subsection Options for System V
7497 These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
7498 compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
7502 Create a shared object.
7503 It is recommended that @samp{-symbolic} or @samp{-shared} be used instead.
7506 Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
7507 @code{.ident} assembler directive in the output.
7510 Refrain from adding @code{.ident} directives to the output file (this is
7513 @item -YP\,@var{dirs}
7514 Search the directories @var{dirs}, and no others, for libraries
7515 specified with @samp{-l}.
7517 @item -Ym\,@var{dir}
7518 Look in the directory @var{dir} to find the M4 preprocessor.
7519 The assembler uses this option.
7520 @c This is supposed to go with a -Yd for predefined M4 macro files, but
7521 @c the generic assembler that comes with Solaris takes just -Ym.
7524 @node TMS320C3x/C4x Options
7525 @subsection TMS320C3x/C4x Options
7526 @cindex TMS320C3x/C4x Options
7528 These @samp{-m} options are defined for TMS320C3x/C4x implementations:
7532 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
7533 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
7534 parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for
7535 @var{cpu_type} are @samp{c30}, @samp{c31}, @samp{c32}, @samp{c40}, and
7536 @samp{c44}. The default is @samp{c40} to generate code for the
7541 @itemx -msmall-memory
7543 Generates code for the big or small memory model. The small memory
7544 model assumed that all data fits into one 64K word page. At run-time
7545 the data page (DP) register must be set to point to the 64K page
7546 containing the .bss and .data program sections. The big memory model is
7547 the default and requires reloading of the DP register for every direct
7552 Allow (disallow) allocation of general integer operands into the block
7557 Enable (disable) generation of code using decrement and branch,
7558 DBcond(D), instructions. This is enabled by default for the C4x. To be
7559 on the safe side, this is disabled for the C3x, since the maximum
7560 iteration count on the C3x is 2^23 + 1 (but who iterates loops more than
7561 2^23 times on the C3x?). Note that GCC will try to reverse a loop so
7562 that it can utilise the decrement and branch instruction, but will give
7563 up if there is more than one memory reference in the loop. Thus a loop
7564 where the loop counter is decremented can generate slightly more
7565 efficient code, in cases where the RPTB instruction cannot be utilised.
7567 @item -mdp-isr-reload
7569 Force the DP register to be saved on entry to an interrupt service
7570 routine (ISR), reloaded to point to the data section, and restored on
7571 exit from the ISR. This should not be required unless someone has
7572 violated the small memory model by modifying the DP register, say within
7577 For the C3x use the 24-bit MPYI instruction for integer multiplies
7578 instead of a library call to guarantee 32-bit results. Note that if one
7579 of the operands is a constant, then the multiplication will be performed
7580 using shifts and adds. If the -mmpyi option is not specified for the C3x,
7581 then squaring operations are performed inline instead of a library call.
7584 @itemx -mno-fast-fix
7585 The C3x/C4x FIX instruction to convert a floating point value to an
7586 integer value chooses the nearest integer less than or equal to the
7587 floating point value rather than to the nearest integer. Thus if the
7588 floating point number is negative, the result will be incorrectly
7589 truncated an additional code is necessary to detect and correct this
7590 case. This option can be used to disable generation of the additional
7591 code required to correct the result.
7595 Enable (disable) generation of repeat block sequences using the RPTB
7596 instruction for zero overhead looping. The RPTB construct is only used
7597 for innermost loops that do not call functions or jump across the loop
7598 boundaries. There is no advantage having nested RPTB loops due to the
7599 overhead required to save and restore the RC, RS, and RE registers.
7600 This is enabled by default with -O2.
7602 @item -mrpts=@var{count}
7604 Enable (disable) the use of the single instruction repeat instruction
7605 RPTS. If a repeat block contains a single instruction, and the loop
7606 count can be guaranteed to be less than the value @var{count}, GCC will
7607 emit a RPTS instruction instead of a RPTB. If no value is specified,
7608 then a RPTS will be emitted even if the loop count cannot be determined
7609 at compile time. Note that the repeated instruction following RPTS does
7610 not have to be reloaded from memory each iteration, thus freeing up the
7611 CPU buses for operands. However, since interrupts are blocked by this
7612 instruction, it is disabled by default.
7614 @item -mloop-unsigned
7615 @itemx -mno-loop-unsigned
7616 The maximum iteration count when using RPTS and RPTB (and DB on the C40)
7617 is 2^31 + 1 since these instructions test if the iteration count is
7618 negative to terminate the loop. If the iteration count is unsigned
7619 there is a possibility than the 2^31 + 1 maximum iteration count may be
7620 exceeded. This switch allows an unsigned iteration count.
7623 Try to emit an assembler syntax that the TI assembler (asm30) is happy
7624 with. This also enforces compatibility with the API employed by the TI
7625 C3x C compiler. For example, long doubles are passed as structures
7626 rather than in floating point registers.
7630 Generate code that uses registers (stack) for passing arguments to functions.
7631 By default, arguments are passed in registers where possible rather
7632 than by pushing arguments on to the stack.
7634 @item -mparallel-insns
7635 @itemx -mno-parallel-insns
7636 Allow the generation of parallel instructions. This is enabled by
7639 @item -mparallel-mpy
7640 @itemx -mno-parallel-mpy
7641 Allow the generation of MPY||ADD and MPY||SUB parallel instructions,
7642 provided -mparallel-insns is also specified. These instructions have
7643 tight register constraints which can pessimize the code generation
7649 @subsection V850 Options
7650 @cindex V850 Options
7652 These @samp{-m} options are defined for V850 implementations:
7656 @itemx -mno-long-calls
7657 Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
7658 far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
7659 register, and call indirect through the pointer.
7663 Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
7664 pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the @code{ep} register, and
7665 use the shorter @code{sld} and @code{sst} instructions. The @samp{-mep}
7666 option is on by default if you optimize.
7668 @item -mno-prolog-function
7669 @itemx -mprolog-function
7670 Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at
7671 the prolog and epilog of a function. The external functions are slower,
7672 but use less code space if more than one function saves the same number
7673 of registers. The @samp{-mprolog-function} option is on by default if
7677 Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns
7678 on the @samp{-mep} and @samp{-mprolog-function} options.
7681 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
7682 the tiny data area that register @code{ep} points to. The tiny data
7683 area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
7686 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
7687 the small data area that register @code{gp} points to. The small data
7688 area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
7691 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
7692 the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
7695 Specify that the target processor is the V850.
7698 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
7699 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
7704 @subsection ARC Options
7707 These options are defined for ARC implementations:
7711 Compile code for little endian mode. This is the default.
7714 Compile code for big endian mode.
7717 Prepend the name of the cpu to all public symbol names.
7718 In multiple-processor systems, there are many ARC variants with different
7719 instruction and register set characteristics. This flag prevents code
7720 compiled for one cpu to be linked with code compiled for another.
7721 No facility exists for handling variants that are "almost identical".
7722 This is an all or nothing option.
7724 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
7725 Compile code for ARC variant @var{cpu}.
7726 Which variants are supported depend on the configuration.
7727 All variants support @samp{-mcpu=base}, this is the default.
7729 @item -mtext=@var{text section}
7730 @itemx -mdata=@var{data section}
7731 @itemx -mrodata=@var{readonly data section}
7732 Put functions, data, and readonly data in @var{text section},
7733 @var{data section}, and @var{readonly data section} respectively
7734 by default. This can be overridden with the @code{section} attribute.
7735 @xref{Variable Attributes}.
7740 @subsection NS32K Options
7741 @cindex NS32K options
7743 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the 32000 series. The default
7744 values for these options depends on which style of 32000 was selected when
7745 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
7751 Generate output for a 32032. This is the default
7752 when the compiler is configured for 32032 and 32016 based systems.
7756 Generate output for a 32332. This is the default
7757 when the compiler is configured for 32332-based systems.
7761 Generate output for a 32532. This is the default
7762 when the compiler is configured for 32532-based systems.
7765 Generate output containing 32081 instructions for floating point.
7766 This is the default for all systems.
7769 Generate output containing 32381 instructions for floating point. This
7770 also implies @samp{-m32081}. The 32381 is only compatible with the 32332
7771 and 32532 cpus. This is the default for the pc532-netbsd configuration.
7774 Try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions @code{polyF}
7775 and @code{dotF}. This option is only available if the @samp{-m32381}
7776 option is in effect. Using these instructions requires changes to to
7777 register allocation which generally has a negative impact on
7778 performance. This option should only be enabled when compiling code
7779 particularly likely to make heavy use of multiply-add instructions.
7782 Do not try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions
7783 @code{polyF} and @code{dotF}. This is the default on all platforms.
7786 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
7787 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries may not be available.
7790 Do not use the bit-field instructions. On some machines it is faster to
7791 use shifting and masking operations. This is the default for the pc532.
7794 Do use the bit-field instructions. This is the default for all platforms
7798 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
7799 that take a fixed number of arguments return pop their
7800 arguments on return with the @code{ret} instruction.
7802 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
7803 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
7804 compiled with the Unix compiler.
7806 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
7807 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
7808 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
7811 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
7812 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
7813 harmlessly ignored.)
7815 This option takes its name from the 680x0 @code{rtd} instruction.
7819 Use a different function-calling convention where the first two arguments
7820 are passed in registers.
7822 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
7823 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
7824 compiled with the Unix compiler.
7827 Do not pass any arguments in registers. This is the default for all
7831 It is OK to use the sb as an index register which is always loaded with
7832 zero. This is the default for the pc532-netbsd target.
7835 The sb register is not available for use or has not been initialized to
7836 zero by the run time system. This is the default for all targets except
7837 the pc532-netbsd. It is also implied whenever @samp{-mhimem} or
7838 @samp{-fpic} is set.
7841 Many ns32000 series addressing modes use displacements of up to 512MB.
7842 If an address is above 512MB then displacements from zero can not be used.
7843 This option causes code to be generated which can be loaded above 512MB.
7844 This may be useful for operating systems or ROM code.
7847 Assume code will be loaded in the first 512MB of virtual address space.
7848 This is the default for all platforms.
7854 @subsection AVR Options
7857 These options are defined for AVR implementations:
7860 @item -mmcu=@var{mcu}
7861 Specify ATMEL AVR instruction set or MCU type.
7863 Instruction set avr1 is for the minimal AVR core, not supported by the C
7864 compiler, only for assembler programs (MCU types: at90s1200, attiny10,
7865 attiny11, attiny12, attiny15, attiny28).
7867 Instruction set avr2 (default) is for the classic AVR core with up to
7868 8K program memory space (MCU types: at90s2313, at90s2323, attiny22,
7869 at90s2333, at90s2343, at90s4414, at90s4433, at90s4434, at90s8515,
7870 at90c8534, at90s8535).
7872 Instruction set avr3 is for the classic AVR core with up to 128K program
7873 memory space (MCU types: atmega103, atmega603).
7875 Instruction set avr4 is for the enhanced AVR core with up to 8K program
7876 memory space (MCU types: atmega83, atmega85).
7878 Instruction set avr5 is for the enhanced AVR core with up to 128K program
7879 memory space (MCU types: atmega161, atmega163, atmega32, at94k).
7882 Output instruction sizes to the asm file.
7884 @item -minit-stack=@var{N}
7885 Specify the initial stack address, which may be a symbol or numeric value,
7886 __stack is the default.
7888 @item -mno-interrupts
7889 Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts.
7890 Code size will be smaller.
7892 @item -mcall-prologues
7893 Functions prologues/epilogues expanded as call to appropriate
7894 subroutines. Code size will be smaller.
7896 @item -mno-tablejump
7897 Do not generate tablejump insns which sometimes increase code size.
7900 Change only the low 8 bits of the stack pointer.
7904 @subsection MCore Options
7905 @cindex MCore options
7907 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the Motorola M*Core
7915 Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
7916 instructions or less.
7921 Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
7923 @item -mrelax-immediate
7924 @itemx -mrelax-immediate
7925 @itemx -mno-relax-immediate
7926 Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.
7928 @item -mwide-bitfields
7929 @itemx -mwide-bitfields
7930 @itemx -mno-wide-bitfields
7931 Always treat bitfields as int-sized.
7933 @item -m4byte-functions
7934 @itemx -m4byte-functions
7935 @itemx -mno-4byte-functions
7936 Force all functions to be aligned to a four byte boundary.
7938 @item -mcallgraph-data
7939 @itemx -mcallgraph-data
7940 @itemx -mno-callgraph-data
7941 Emit callgraph information.
7945 @itemx -mno-slow-bytes
7946 Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
7948 @item -mlittle-endian
7949 @itemx -mlittle-endian
7951 Generate code for a little endian target.
7956 Generate code for the 210 processor.
7960 @subsection IA-64 Options
7961 @cindex IA-64 Options
7963 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the Intel IA-64 architecture.
7967 Generate code for a big endian target. This is the default for HPUX.
7969 @item -mlittle-endian
7970 Generate code for a little endian target. This is the default for AIX5
7975 Generate (or don't) code for the GNU assembler. This is the default.
7976 @c Also, this is the default if the configure option @samp{--with-gnu-as}
7981 Generate (or don't) code for the GNU linker. This is the default.
7982 @c Also, this is the default if the configure option @samp{--with-gnu-ld}
7986 Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result
7987 is not position independent code, and violates the IA-64 ABI.
7989 @item -mvolatile-asm-stop
7990 @itemx -mno-volatile-asm-stop
7991 Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm
7995 Generate code that works around Itanium B step errata.
7997 @item -mregister-names
7998 @itemx -mno-register-names
7999 Generate (or don't) @samp{in}, @samp{loc}, and @samp{out} register names for
8000 the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more readable.
8004 Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This may
8005 be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
8008 Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is
8009 useful when compiling kernel code.
8012 Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies @samp{-mconstant-gp}.
8013 This is useful when compiling firmware code.
8015 @item -minline-divide-min-latency
8016 Generate code for inline divides using the minimum latency algorithm.
8018 @item -minline-divide-max-throughput
8019 Generate code for inline divides using the maximum throughput algorithm.
8021 @item -mno-dwarf2-asm
8023 Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF2 line number debugging
8024 info. This may be useful when not using the GNU assembler.
8026 @item -mfixed-range=@var{register range}
8027 Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
8028 A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
8029 useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
8030 two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
8031 specified separated by a comma.
8035 @subsection D30V Options
8036 @cindex D30V Options
8038 These @samp{-m} options are defined for D30V implementations:
8042 Link the @samp{.text}, @samp{.data}, @samp{.bss}, @samp{.strings},
8043 @samp{.rodata}, @samp{.rodata1}, @samp{.data1} sections into external
8044 memory, which starts at location @code{0x80000000}.
8047 Same as the @samp{-mextmem} switch.
8050 Link the @samp{.text} section into onchip text memory, which starts at
8051 location @code{0x0}. Also link @samp{.data}, @samp{.bss},
8052 @samp{.strings}, @samp{.rodata}, @samp{.rodata1}, @samp{.data1} sections
8053 into onchip data memory, which starts at location @code{0x20000000}.
8055 @item -mno-asm-optimize
8056 @itemx -masm-optimize
8057 Disable (enable) passing @samp{-O} to the assembler when optimizing.
8058 The assembler uses the @samp{-O} option to automatically parallelize
8059 adjacent short instructions where possible.
8061 @item -mbranch-cost=@var{n}
8062 Increase the internal costs of branches to @var{n}. Higher costs means
8063 that the compiler will issue more instructions to avoid doing a branch.
8066 @item -mcond-exec=@var{n}
8067 Specify the maximum number of conditionally executed instructions that
8068 replace a branch. The default is 4.
8071 @node Code Gen Options
8072 @section Options for Code Generation Conventions
8073 @cindex code generation conventions
8074 @cindex options, code generation
8075 @cindex run-time options
8077 These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
8078 used in code generation.
8080 Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
8081 of @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. In the table below, only
8082 one of the forms is listed---the one which is not the default. You
8083 can figure out the other form by either removing @samp{no-} or adding
8088 Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
8089 exceptions. For some targets, this implies GNU CC will generate frame
8090 unwind information for all functions, which can produce significant data
8091 size overhead, although it does not affect execution. If you do not
8092 specify this option, GNU CC will enable it by default for languages like
8093 C++ which normally require exception handling, and disable itfor
8094 languages like C that do not normally require it. However, you may need
8095 to enable this option when compiling C code that needs to interoperate
8096 properly with exception handlers written in C++. You may also wish to
8097 disable this option if you are compiling older C++ programs that don't
8098 use exception handling.
8100 @item -funwind-tables
8101 Similar to @option{-fexceptions}, except that it will just generate any needed
8102 static data, but will not affect the generated code in any other way.
8103 You will normally not enable this option; instead, a language processor
8104 that needs this handling would enable it on your behalf.
8106 @item -fpcc-struct-return
8107 Return ``short'' @code{struct} and @code{union} values in memory like
8108 longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
8109 efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
8110 GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers.
8112 The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
8113 on the target configuration macros.
8115 Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match
8116 that of some integer type.
8118 @item -freg-struct-return
8119 Use the convention that @code{struct} and @code{union} values are
8120 returned in registers when possible. This is more efficient for small
8121 structures than @samp{-fpcc-struct-return}.
8123 If you specify neither @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} nor its contrary
8124 @samp{-freg-struct-return}, GCC defaults to whichever convention is
8125 standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, GCC
8126 defaults to @samp{-fpcc-struct-return}, except on targets where GCC
8127 is the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard,
8128 and we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
8131 Allocate to an @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it needs for the
8132 declared range of possible values. Specifically, the @code{enum} type
8133 will be equivalent to the smallest integer type which has enough room.
8135 @item -fshort-double
8136 Use the same size for @code{double} as for @code{float}.
8139 Requests that the data and non-@code{const} variables of this
8140 compilation be shared data rather than private data. The distinction
8141 makes sense only on certain operating systems, where shared data is
8142 shared between processes running the same program, while private data
8143 exists in one copy per process.
8146 Allocate even uninitialized global variables in the data section of the
8147 object file, rather than generating them as common blocks. This has the
8148 effect that if the same variable is declared (without @code{extern}) in
8149 two different compilations, you will get an error when you link them.
8150 The only reason this might be useful is if you wish to verify that the
8151 program will work on other systems which always work this way.
8154 Ignore the @samp{#ident} directive.
8156 @item -fno-gnu-linker
8157 Do not output global initializations (such as C++ constructors and
8158 destructors) in the form used by the GNU linker (on systems where the GNU
8159 linker is the standard method of handling them). Use this option when
8160 you want to use a non-GNU linker, which also requires using the
8161 @command{collect2} program to make sure the system linker includes
8162 constructors and destructors. (@command{collect2} is included in the GCC
8163 distribution.) For systems which @emph{must} use @command{collect2}, the
8164 compiler driver @command{gcc} is configured to do this automatically.
8166 @item -finhibit-size-directive
8167 Don't output a @code{.size} assembler directive, or anything else that
8168 would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
8169 two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
8170 used when compiling @file{crtstuff.c}; you should not need to use it
8174 Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
8175 make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those
8176 who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while
8177 debugging the compiler itself).
8179 @samp{-fno-verbose-asm}, the default, causes the
8180 extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
8184 Consider all memory references through pointers to be volatile.
8186 @item -fvolatile-global
8187 Consider all memory references to extern and global data items to
8188 be volatile. GCC does not consider static data items to be volatile
8189 because of this switch.
8191 @item -fvolatile-static
8192 Consider all memory references to static data to be volatile.
8195 @cindex global offset table
8197 Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a shared
8198 library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
8199 constant addresses through a global offset table (GOT). The dynamic
8200 loader resolves the GOT entries when the program starts (the dynamic
8201 loader is not part of GCC; it is part of the operating system). If
8202 the GOT size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific
8203 maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that
8204 @samp{-fpic} does not work; in that case, recompile with @samp{-fPIC}
8205 instead. (These maximums are 16k on the m88k, 8k on the Sparc, and 32k
8206 on the m68k and RS/6000. The 386 has no such limit.)
8208 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
8209 only on certain machines. For the 386, GCC supports PIC for System V
8210 but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the IBM RS/6000 is always
8211 position-independent.
8214 If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
8215 suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
8216 global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k, m88k,
8219 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
8220 only on certain machines.
8222 @item -ffixed-@var{reg}
8223 Treat the register named @var{reg} as a fixed register; generated code
8224 should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
8225 pointer or in some other fixed role).
8227 @var{reg} must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
8228 are machine-specific and are defined in the @code{REGISTER_NAMES}
8229 macro in the machine description macro file.
8231 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
8234 @item -fcall-used-@var{reg}
8235 Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register that is
8236 clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
8237 variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way
8238 will not save and restore the register @var{reg}.
8240 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
8241 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
8242 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
8244 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
8247 @item -fcall-saved-@var{reg}
8248 Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register saved by
8249 functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that
8250 live across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore
8251 the register @var{reg} if they use it.
8253 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
8254 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
8255 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
8257 A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag for
8258 a register in which function values may be returned.
8260 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
8264 Pack all structure members together without holes. Usually you would
8265 not want to use this option, since it makes the code suboptimal, and
8266 the offsets of structure members won't agree with system libraries.
8268 @item -fcheck-memory-usage
8269 Generate extra code to check each memory access. GCC will generate
8270 code that is suitable for a detector of bad memory accesses such as
8273 Normally, you should compile all, or none, of your code with this option.
8275 If you do mix code compiled with and without this option,
8276 you must ensure that all code that has side effects
8277 and that is called by code compiled with this option
8278 is, itself, compiled with this option.
8279 If you do not, you might get erroneous messages from the detector.
8281 If you use functions from a library that have side-effects (such as
8282 @code{read}), you might not be able to recompile the library and
8283 specify this option. In that case, you can enable the
8284 @samp{-fprefix-function-name} option, which requests GCC to encapsulate
8285 your code and make other functions look as if they were compiled with
8286 @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage}. This is done by calling ``stubs'',
8287 which are provided by the detector. If you cannot find or build
8288 stubs for every function you call, you might have to specify
8289 @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage} without @samp{-fprefix-function-name}.
8291 If you specify this option, you can not use the @code{asm} or
8292 @code{__asm__} keywords in functions with memory checking enabled. GNU
8293 CC cannot understand what the @code{asm} statement may do, and therefore
8294 cannot generate the appropriate code, so it will reject it. However, if
8295 you specify the function attribute @code{no_check_memory_usage}
8296 (@pxref{Function Attributes}), GNU CC will disable memory checking within a
8297 function; you may use @code{asm} statements inside such functions. You
8298 may have an inline expansion of a non-checked function within a checked
8299 function; in that case GNU CC will not generate checks for the inlined
8300 function's memory accesses.
8302 If you move your @code{asm} statements to non-checked inline functions
8303 and they do access memory, you can add calls to the support code in your
8304 inline function, to indicate any reads, writes, or copies being done.
8305 These calls would be similar to those done in the stubs described above.
8307 @item -fprefix-function-name
8308 Request GCC to add a prefix to the symbols generated for function names.
8309 GCC adds a prefix to the names of functions defined as well as
8310 functions called. Code compiled with this option and code compiled
8311 without the option can't be linked together, unless stubs are used.
8313 If you compile the following code with @samp{-fprefix-function-name}
8315 extern void bar (int);
8324 GCC will compile the code as if it was written:
8326 extern void prefix_bar (int);
8330 return prefix_bar (a + 5);
8333 This option is designed to be used with @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage}.
8335 @item -finstrument-functions
8336 Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
8337 after function entry and just before function exit, the following
8338 profiling functions will be called with the address of the current
8339 function and its call site. (On some platforms,
8340 @code{__builtin_return_address} does not work beyond the current
8341 function, so the call site information may not be available to the
8342 profiling functions otherwise.)
8345 void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
8346 void __cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
8349 The first argument is the address of the start of the current function,
8350 which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
8352 This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other
8353 functions. The profiling calls will indicate where, conceptually, the
8354 inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable
8355 versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a
8356 function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of
8357 code size. If you use @samp{extern inline} in your C code, an
8358 addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
8359 normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
8360 expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
8361 providing static copies.)
8363 A function may be given the attribute @code{no_instrument_function}, in
8364 which case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
8365 example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
8366 interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
8367 cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
8368 routines generate output or allocate memory).
8371 Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
8372 stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
8373 environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in
8374 a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically
8375 detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
8377 Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done; the
8378 operating system must do that. The switch causes generation of code
8379 to ensure that the operating system sees the stack being extended.
8381 @item -fstack-limit-register=@var{reg}
8382 @itemx -fstack-limit-symbol=@var{sym}
8383 @itemx -fno-stack-limit
8384 Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value,
8385 either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If the stack
8386 would grow beyond the value, a signal is raised. For most targets,
8387 the signal is raised before the stack overruns the boundary, so
8388 it is possible to catch the signal without taking special precautions.
8390 For instance, if the stack starts at address @samp{0x80000000} and grows
8391 downwards you can use the flags
8392 @samp{-fstack-limit-symbol=__stack_limit}
8393 @samp{-Wl,--defsym,__stack_limit=0x7ffe0000} which will enforce a stack
8396 @cindex aliasing of parameters
8397 @cindex parameters, aliased
8398 @item -fargument-alias
8399 @itemx -fargument-noalias
8400 @itemx -fargument-noalias-global
8401 Specify the possible relationships among parameters and between
8402 parameters and global data.
8404 @samp{-fargument-alias} specifies that arguments (parameters) may
8405 alias each other and may alias global storage.
8406 @samp{-fargument-noalias} specifies that arguments do not alias
8407 each other, but may alias global storage.
8408 @samp{-fargument-noalias-global} specifies that arguments do not
8409 alias each other and do not alias global storage.
8411 Each language will automatically use whatever option is required by
8412 the language standard. You should not need to use these options yourself.
8414 @item -fleading-underscore
8415 This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
8416 change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use
8417 is to help link with legacy assembly code.
8419 Be warned that you should know what you are doing when invoking this
8420 option, and that not all targets provide complete support for it.
8425 @node Environment Variables
8426 @section Environment Variables Affecting GCC
8427 @cindex environment variables
8429 @c man begin ENVIRONMENT
8431 This section describes several environment variables that affect how GCC
8432 operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use
8433 when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other
8434 aspects of the compilation environment.
8437 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
8438 @samp{-B}, @samp{-I} and @samp{-L} (@pxref{Directory Options}). These
8439 take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
8440 in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GCC.
8444 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
8445 @samp{-B}, @samp{-I} and @samp{-L} (@pxref{Directory Options}). These
8446 take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
8447 in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GCC.
8454 @c @itemx LC_COLLATE
8456 @c @itemx LC_MONETARY
8457 @c @itemx LC_NUMERIC
8462 @c @findex LC_COLLATE
8464 @c @findex LC_MONETARY
8465 @c @findex LC_NUMERIC
8469 These environment variables control the way that GCC uses
8470 localization information that allow GCC to work with different
8471 national conventions. GCC inspects the locale categories
8472 @env{LC_CTYPE} and @env{LC_MESSAGES} if it has been configured to do
8473 so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
8474 installation. A typical value is @samp{en_UK} for English in the United
8477 The @env{LC_CTYPE} environment variable specifies character
8478 classification. GCC uses it to determine the character boundaries in
8479 a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
8480 and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a string
8483 The @env{LC_MESSAGES} environment variable specifies the language to
8484 use in diagnostic messages.
8486 If the @env{LC_ALL} environment variable is set, it overrides the value
8487 of @env{LC_CTYPE} and @env{LC_MESSAGES}; otherwise, @env{LC_CTYPE}
8488 and @env{LC_MESSAGES} default to the value of the @env{LANG}
8489 environment variable. If none of these variables are set, GCC
8490 defaults to traditional C English behavior.
8494 If @env{TMPDIR} is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
8495 files. GCC uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
8496 compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
8497 the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
8500 @item GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
8501 @findex GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
8502 If @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
8503 names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
8504 when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
8505 specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
8507 If @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} is not set, GNU CC will attempt to figure out
8508 an appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it was invoked with.
8510 If GCC cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
8511 tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
8513 The default value of @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} is
8514 @file{@var{prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/} where @var{prefix} is the value
8515 of @code{prefix} when you ran the @file{configure} script.
8517 Other prefixes specified with @samp{-B} take precedence over this prefix.
8519 This prefix is also used for finding files such as @file{crt0.o} that are
8522 In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
8523 directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
8524 directories whose name normally begins with @samp{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib}
8525 (more precisely, with the value of @env{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}), GCC tries
8526 replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
8527 alternate directory name. Thus, with @samp{-Bfoo/}, GCC will search
8528 @file{foo/bar} where it would normally search @file{/usr/local/lib/bar}.
8529 These alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
8533 @findex COMPILER_PATH
8534 The value of @env{COMPILER_PATH} is a colon-separated list of
8535 directories, much like @env{PATH}. GCC tries the directories thus
8536 specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the
8537 subprograms using @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}.
8540 @findex LIBRARY_PATH
8541 The value of @env{LIBRARY_PATH} is a colon-separated list of
8542 directories, much like @env{PATH}. When configured as a native compiler,
8543 GCC tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
8544 linker files, if it can't find them using @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}. Linking
8545 using GCC also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
8546 libraries for the @samp{-l} option (but directories specified with
8547 @samp{-L} come first).
8549 @item C_INCLUDE_PATH
8550 @itemx CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
8551 @itemx OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
8552 @findex C_INCLUDE_PATH
8553 @findex CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
8554 @findex OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
8555 @c @itemx OBJCPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
8556 These environment variables pertain to particular languages. Each
8557 variable's value is a colon-separated list of directories, much like
8558 @env{PATH}. When GCC searches for header files, it tries the
8559 directories listed in the variable for the language you are using, after
8560 the directories specified with @samp{-I} but before the standard header
8563 @item DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
8564 @findex DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
8565 @cindex dependencies for make as output
8566 If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output dependencies
8567 for Make based on the header files processed by the compiler. This
8568 output looks much like the output from the @samp{-M} option
8569 (@pxref{Preprocessor Options}), but it goes to a separate file, and is
8570 in addition to the usual results of compilation.
8572 The value of @env{DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT} can be just a file name, in
8573 which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
8574 name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
8575 @samp{@var{file} @var{target}}, in which case the rules are written to
8576 file @var{file} using @var{target} as the target name.
8580 @cindex locale definition
8581 This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
8582 which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
8583 when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and C++.
8584 When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
8585 the following values for @env{LANG} are recognized:
8589 Recognize JIS characters.
8591 Recognize SJIS characters.
8593 Recognize EUCJP characters.
8596 If @env{LANG} is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
8597 compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale to
8598 recognize and translate multibyte characters.
8603 @node Running Protoize
8604 @section Running Protoize
8606 The program @code{protoize} is an optional part of GNU C. You can use
8607 it to add prototypes to a program, thus converting the program to ISO
8608 C in one respect. The companion program @code{unprotoize} does the
8609 reverse: it removes argument types from any prototypes that are found.
8611 When you run these programs, you must specify a set of source files as
8612 command line arguments. The conversion programs start out by compiling
8613 these files to see what functions they define. The information gathered
8614 about a file @var{foo} is saved in a file named @file{@var{foo}.X}.
8616 After scanning comes actual conversion. The specified files are all
8617 eligible to be converted; any files they include (whether sources or
8618 just headers) are eligible as well.
8620 But not all the eligible files are converted. By default,
8621 @code{protoize} and @code{unprotoize} convert only source and header
8622 files in the current directory. You can specify additional directories
8623 whose files should be converted with the @samp{-d @var{directory}}
8624 option. You can also specify particular files to exclude with the
8625 @samp{-x @var{file}} option. A file is converted if it is eligible, its
8626 directory name matches one of the specified directory names, and its
8627 name within the directory has not been excluded.
8629 Basic conversion with @code{protoize} consists of rewriting most
8630 function definitions and function declarations to specify the types of
8631 the arguments. The only ones not rewritten are those for varargs
8634 @code{protoize} optionally inserts prototype declarations at the
8635 beginning of the source file, to make them available for any calls that
8636 precede the function's definition. Or it can insert prototype
8637 declarations with block scope in the blocks where undeclared functions
8640 Basic conversion with @code{unprotoize} consists of rewriting most
8641 function declarations to remove any argument types, and rewriting
8642 function definitions to the old-style pre-ISO form.
8644 Both conversion programs print a warning for any function declaration or
8645 definition that they can't convert. You can suppress these warnings
8648 The output from @code{protoize} or @code{unprotoize} replaces the
8649 original source file. The original file is renamed to a name ending
8650 with @samp{.save} (for DOS, the saved filename ends in @samp{.sav}
8651 without the original @samp{.c} suffix). If the @samp{.save} (@samp{.sav}
8652 for DOS) file already exists, then the source file is simply discarded.
8654 @code{protoize} and @code{unprotoize} both depend on GCC itself to
8655 scan the program and collect information about the functions it uses.
8656 So neither of these programs will work until GCC is installed.
8658 Here is a table of the options you can use with @code{protoize} and
8659 @code{unprotoize}. Each option works with both programs unless
8663 @item -B @var{directory}
8664 Look for the file @file{SYSCALLS.c.X} in @var{directory}, instead of the
8665 usual directory (normally @file{/usr/local/lib}). This file contains
8666 prototype information about standard system functions. This option
8667 applies only to @code{protoize}.
8669 @item -c @var{compilation-options}
8670 Use @var{compilation-options} as the options when running @code{gcc} to
8671 produce the @samp{.X} files. The special option @samp{-aux-info} is
8672 always passed in addition, to tell @code{gcc} to write a @samp{.X} file.
8674 Note that the compilation options must be given as a single argument to
8675 @code{protoize} or @code{unprotoize}. If you want to specify several
8676 @code{gcc} options, you must quote the entire set of compilation options
8677 to make them a single word in the shell.
8679 There are certain @code{gcc} arguments that you cannot use, because they
8680 would produce the wrong kind of output. These include @samp{-g},
8681 @samp{-O}, @samp{-c}, @samp{-S}, and @samp{-o} If you include these in
8682 the @var{compilation-options}, they are ignored.
8685 Rename files to end in @samp{.C} (@samp{.cc} for DOS-based file
8686 systems) instead of @samp{.c}. This is convenient if you are converting
8687 a C program to C++. This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
8690 Add explicit global declarations. This means inserting explicit
8691 declarations at the beginning of each source file for each function
8692 that is called in the file and was not declared. These declarations
8693 precede the first function definition that contains a call to an
8694 undeclared function. This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
8696 @item -i @var{string}
8697 Indent old-style parameter declarations with the string @var{string}.
8698 This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
8700 @code{unprotoize} converts prototyped function definitions to old-style
8701 function definitions, where the arguments are declared between the
8702 argument list and the initial @samp{@{}. By default, @code{unprotoize}
8703 uses five spaces as the indentation. If you want to indent with just
8704 one space instead, use @samp{-i " "}.
8707 Keep the @samp{.X} files. Normally, they are deleted after conversion
8711 Add explicit local declarations. @code{protoize} with @samp{-l} inserts
8712 a prototype declaration for each function in each block which calls the
8713 function without any declaration. This option applies only to
8717 Make no real changes. This mode just prints information about the conversions
8718 that would have been done without @samp{-n}.
8721 Make no @samp{.save} files. The original files are simply deleted.
8722 Use this option with caution.
8724 @item -p @var{program}
8725 Use the program @var{program} as the compiler. Normally, the name
8729 Work quietly. Most warnings are suppressed.
8732 Print the version number, just like @samp{-v} for @code{gcc}.
8735 If you need special compiler options to compile one of your program's
8736 source files, then you should generate that file's @samp{.X} file
8737 specially, by running @code{gcc} on that source file with the
8738 appropriate options and the option @samp{-aux-info}. Then run
8739 @code{protoize} on the entire set of files. @code{protoize} will use
8740 the existing @samp{.X} file because it is newer than the source file.
8744 gcc -Dfoo=bar file1.c -aux-info
8749 You need to include the special files along with the rest in the
8750 @code{protoize} command, even though their @samp{.X} files already
8751 exist, because otherwise they won't get converted.
8753 @xref{Protoize Caveats}, for more information on how to use
8754 @code{protoize} successfully.